GCSE Maths Statistics (Higher): worked examples and questions with answers
By the end of this chapter you will be able to
- Classify data as categorical, discrete or continuous, and collect it with tally charts, frequency tables, two-way tables and questionnaires
- Spot bias, choose a fair sample, find a stratified sample and estimate a population with capture-recapture
- Find the mean, median, mode and range from a list, a frequency table and a grouped frequency table
- Draw and read bar charts, pictograms, vertical line charts, pie charts, line graphs, time series and stem-and-leaf diagrams
- Draw scatter graphs, describe correlation, draw a line of best fit and use it to estimate (and know the dangers of extrapolating)
- Compare distributions using an average and a measure of spread
- Higher: find quartiles and the interquartile range, draw and use cumulative frequency graphs and box plots, spot outliers
- Higher: draw and read histograms with unequal class widths using frequency density
You should already know
- Fractions, decimals and percentages of amounts (Chapters 3, 4 and 5)
- Reading scales and plotting coordinates (Chapter 12)
- Angles at a point and using a protractor (Chapter 17)
- Ratio and proportion (Chapter 15)
Where this leads
- Probability and relative frequency (Chapter 23)
- Interpreting graphs of real-life situations (Chapters 12 and 13)
- Using data in exam problem solving across the course
Edexcel GCSE (9–1) Mathematics 1MA1, Higher tier. Content references: S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6.
- 24.1 Types of data and collecting data: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.2 Sampling and population estimates: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.3 Mean, median, mode and range: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.4 Averages from frequency tables: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.5 Averages from grouped frequency tables: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.6 Bar charts, pictograms and line charts: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.7 Pie charts: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.8 Line graphs and time series: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.9 Stem-and-leaf diagrams: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.10 Scatter graphs: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.11 Comparing distributions: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.12 Quartiles and the interquartile range: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.13 Cumulative frequency graphs: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.14 Box plots and outliers: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 24.15 Histograms: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- Check-up and exam-style questions: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
Exercise P Do you remember?
Non-calculatorMethod. To find a fraction of an amount: divide by the denominator to find one part, then multiply by the numerator.
- Divide 40 by the denominator 5. The denominator tells us the amount is split into 5 equal parts. This finds the size of one part.40 ÷ 5 = 8
- Multiply by the numerator 3. The numerator tells us how many parts we take.8 × 3 = 24
Check. The other 2 parts would be 16, and 24 + 16 = 40. ✓
Method. 25% means 25 out of 100, which is one quarter. So divide by 4.
- Write 25% as a fraction. “Per cent” means out of 100.25% = 25100 = 14
- Find one quarter of 80. Divide 80 by 4.80 ÷ 4 = 20
Check. 10% of 80 is 8, and 25% is 2.5 lots of 10%: 2.5 × 8 = 20. ✓
Watch out. 25% is a quarter, not a fifth.
Method. Add the decimals by lining up the decimal points, or add in pairs.
- Add the first two numbers. Add the tenths, then the units.3.6 + 4.5 = 8.1
- Add the next two numbers. 2.9 + 5.0 = 7.9
- Add the two results. 8.1 + 7.9 = 16.0
Check. Round each to the nearest whole number: 4 + 5 + 3 + 5 = 17, close to 16. ✓
Watch out. Line up the decimal points when you add decimals in columns.
Method. The four angles must add up to 360°, so subtract the three known angles from 360°.
- Add the known angles. We need their total.90 + 120 + 100 = 310
- Subtract from 360°. Angles at a point make a full turn.360 − 310 = 50
Check. 90 + 120 + 100 + 50 = 360. ✓
Watch out. A full turn is 360°, not 180° (180° is a straight line).
Method. Negative numbers are smaller than zero, and the more negative, the smaller.
- Put the negative numbers first. They are to the left of 0 on a number line.−5 and −2 are negative. −5 is further left, so it is smaller.
- Add 0, then the positive numbers. Positive numbers get bigger to the right.−5, −2, 0, 7, 12
Check. Each number is bigger than the one before it. ✓
Watch out. −5 is smaller than −2, even though 5 is bigger than 2.
Types of data and collecting data
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Statistics is about collecting facts and numbers (called data), organising them, showing them in charts and graphs, and using them to answer questions. Before we collect anything we must decide what kind of data we have, because the kind of data decides which charts and calculations make sense.
Categorical data is described in words: favourite colour, type of pet, make of car. Numerical data is numbers. Numerical data is either discrete or continuous. Discrete data is counted, so it takes separate values: the number of goals in a match (0, 1, 2, 3 …), shoe sizes, or the number of siblings. You cannot score 2.5 goals. Continuous data is measured, so it can take any value in a range: height, mass, time, temperature. Someone can be 1.6 m, 1.63 m or 1.6342 m tall, depending on how carefully we measure.
Primary data is data that you collect yourself, for example by asking questions or carrying out an experiment. Secondary data is data that someone else has already collected, such as figures from a website, a newspaper or a database. Secondary data is quick to get, but you cannot always be sure how it was collected.
Tally charts and frequency tables. To organise raw data we draw a table. We go through the data one item at a time and make one tally mark for each. Tally marks are drawn in groups of five (four upright lines with one line across them) so they are easy to count. The number of tally marks is the frequency. When there are lots of different numbers, we put the data in classes (groups) such as 10 ≤ x < 20. Classes must not overlap and must leave no gaps, so that every value has exactly one place.
Questionnaires. A questionnaire is a set of questions given to people. A good question is clear and short, is not leading (it must not push people toward one answer, like “Don’t you agree that football is the best sport?”), and has response boxes that cover every answer and do not overlap. For numbers of hours, use boxes like “0 to less than 2”, “2 to less than 4” rather than “0–2” and “2–4”, because 2 would fit in both. A time frame helps (“in a typical week”) and an “Other” or “None” box stops people being forced into a wrong answer.
Two-way tables. A two-way table shows two things at once, such as boys and girls and how they travel to school. Each row adds to its row total, each column adds to its column total, and the totals add to the grand total in the bottom right corner. If one number is missing, find a row or column with exactly one gap and use the total.
Key ideas
- Categorical data is words. Numerical data is numbers: discrete (counted) or continuous (measured).
- Primary data you collect yourself. Secondary data has already been collected by someone else.
- A tally mark is one item. Groups of five are drawn as four upright lines with one across. Frequency = number of tally marks.
- Class intervals must not overlap and must leave no gaps.
- Good questions are clear, not leading, and have response boxes that cover everything without overlapping.
- In a two-way table, rows add to row totals and columns add to column totals.
Key words. Categorical data is described in words. Discrete data is numbers that you count. Continuous data is numbers that you measure.
Method. For each item ask: words or numbers? If numbers, counted or measured?
- (a) Number of text messages. It is a number, and you find it by counting. You cannot send 2.5 messages.Discrete
- (b) Mass of a parcel. It is a number, and you find it by measuring. It could be 1.2 kg, 1.25 kg, 1.253 kg …Continuous
- (c) Favourite film. The answers are names (words), not numbers.Categorical
Check. Ask whether a value halfway between two neighbours makes sense. 2.5 messages does not (discrete). 1.25 kg does (continuous). 2.5 films is not a favourite film name, so it is categorical. ✓
Watch out. A number does not automatically mean continuous. If you count it, it is discrete.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Go through the list once, putting a tally mark in the right row for every item. Then count the tally marks.
- Make a table with a row for each category. There is one row for each different answer.Football, Netball, Rugby, Tennis
- Go through the data one item at a time, making one tally mark each time. Tally marks are grouped in fives (four upright lines and one across), which makes them easy to count. Tick items off as you go so that none is missed or counted twice.
Sport Tally Frequency Football ||||||| 8 Netball ||||| 6 Rugby ||| 3 Tennis ||| 3 Total 20 - Write the number of tally marks as the frequency. The frequency is how many times each answer occurs.Football: 8, Netball: 6, Rugby: 3, Tennis: 3
- Check the total. The frequencies must add up to the number of items in the list.8 + 6 + 3 + 3 = 20
Check. The list has 20 items and the frequencies total 20. ✓
Watch out. Check that the total frequency equals the number of items. Missing an item or counting one twice is the most common slip.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Put each value in the class it belongs to, making a tally mark each time. Then count the tally marks.
- Look at the inequality signs for each class. The lower end is included in a class like 10 ≤ x < 20, but the upper end is not (it goes in the next class).140 ≤ h < 150 cm
150 ≤ h < 160 cm
160 ≤ h < 170 cm
170 ≤ h < 180 cm - Go through the data, one value at a time, putting a tally mark in its class. Every value belongs to exactly one class. Tick each value off as you go.
Height Tally Frequency 140 ≤ h < 150 cm | 1 150 ≤ h < 160 cm ||||| 6 160 ≤ h < 170 cm ||||| 6 170 ≤ h < 180 cm || 2 Total 15 - Write the number of tally marks as the frequency. 1, 6, 6, 2
- Check the total. The frequencies must add up to the number of values.1 + 6 + 6 + 2 = 15
Check. There are 15 values and the frequencies total 15. ✓
Watch out. A value on the boundary goes in the class whose inequality includes it. Read the < and ≤ signs carefully.
| Travel | Bus | Walk | Car | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Boys | 14 | ? | 7 | 30 |
| Girls | 11 | 12 | ? | 29 |
| Total | ? | 21 | 13 | 59 |
Method. Find a row or column with only one missing number. Use the fact that rows and columns add to their totals.
- Boys, Walk. The boys’ row total is 30 and the other two cells are 14 and 7.30 − 14 − 7 = 9
- Girls, Car. The girls’ row total is 29 and the other cells are 11 and 12.29 − 11 − 12 = 6
- Total, Bus. The Bus column has 14 boys and 11 girls.14 + 11 = 25
Check. Check the bottom row: 25 + 21 + 13 = 59, which is the grand total. ✓
Watch out. Use the totals given in the table. Subtract the numbers you know from the total of that row or column.
Method. Check the question is clear and that the response boxes cover every answer without overlapping.
- Look for overlap. A student who spends exactly £5 could tick the first or the second box.Overlapping boxes: £5 and £10 are in two boxes each.
- Look for gaps. Someone who spends nothing, or more than £15, has no box.No box for £0 (none) or for more than £15.
- Write an improved question. Add a time frame, remove overlaps, and cover every possibility.“In a typical week, how much do you spend on snacks? None Up to £5 More than £5 up to £10 More than £10”
Check. Test with £5, £0 and £20: each has exactly one box. ✓
Watch out. Response boxes must not overlap and must cover all possible answers.
Watch out
Do not call data continuous just because it is a number. Counted numbers (goals, siblings, shoe sizes, money in pounds and pence) are discrete. Measured quantities (time, height, mass) are continuous.Exercise 24A Types of data and collecting data
Non-calculatorKey words. Categorical data is described in words. Discrete data is numbers that you count. Continuous data is numbers that you measure.
Method. Ask: is the data words or numbers? If it is numbers, is it counted (discrete) or measured (continuous)?
- Ask whether the data is words or numbers. Data in words (colours, brands, types) is categorical. Data in numbers is numerical.The colour of cars in a car park
- If it is numerical, ask: counted or measured? Counted values jump in steps, so they are discrete. Measured values can be any value in a range, so they are continuous.It is a word or label (a category), not a number.
- State the type. Categorical
Check. Test: could you have a value halfway between two neighbouring values (such as 2.5 children)? If not, it is discrete or categorical. ✓
Watch out. Money and shoe sizes look like decimals, but you can only have certain values, so they are discrete. Time, height, mass and length are measured, so they are continuous.
Key words. Categorical data is described in words. Discrete data is numbers that you count. Continuous data is numbers that you measure.
Method. Ask: is the data words or numbers? If it is numbers, is it counted (discrete) or measured (continuous)?
- Ask whether the data is words or numbers. Data in words (colours, brands, types) is categorical. Data in numbers is numerical.The number of goals scored in a football match
- If it is numerical, ask: counted or measured? Counted values jump in steps, so they are discrete. Measured values can be any value in a range, so they are continuous.It is a number, and it is found by counting, so it can only take separate values (such as 0, 1, 2, 3).
- State the type. Discrete
Check. Test: could you have a value halfway between two neighbouring values (such as 2.5 children)? If not, it is discrete or categorical. ✓
Watch out. Money and shoe sizes look like decimals, but you can only have certain values, so they are discrete. Time, height, mass and length are measured, so they are continuous.
Key words. Categorical data is described in words. Discrete data is numbers that you count. Continuous data is numbers that you measure.
Method. Ask: is the data words or numbers? If it is numbers, is it counted (discrete) or measured (continuous)?
- Ask whether the data is words or numbers. Data in words (colours, brands, types) is categorical. Data in numbers is numerical.The time taken to run 100 m
- If it is numerical, ask: counted or measured? Counted values jump in steps, so they are discrete. Measured values can be any value in a range, so they are continuous.It is a number, and it is found by measuring, so it can take any value in a range, including decimals.
- State the type. Continuous
Check. Test: could you have a value halfway between two neighbouring values (such as 2.5 children)? If not, it is discrete or categorical. ✓
Watch out. Money and shoe sizes look like decimals, but you can only have certain values, so they are discrete. Time, height, mass and length are measured, so they are continuous.
Key words. Categorical data is described in words. Discrete data is numbers that you count. Continuous data is numbers that you measure.
Method. Ask: is the data words or numbers? If it is numbers, is it counted (discrete) or measured (continuous)?
- Ask whether the data is words or numbers. Data in words (colours, brands, types) is categorical. Data in numbers is numerical.Shoe size
- If it is numerical, ask: counted or measured? Counted values jump in steps, so they are discrete. Measured values can be any value in a range, so they are continuous.It is a number, and it is found by counting, so it can only take separate values (such as 0, 1, 2, 3).
- State the type. Discrete
Check. Test: could you have a value halfway between two neighbouring values (such as 2.5 children)? If not, it is discrete or categorical. ✓
Watch out. Money and shoe sizes look like decimals, but you can only have certain values, so they are discrete. Time, height, mass and length are measured, so they are continuous.
Key words. Categorical data is described in words. Discrete data is numbers that you count. Continuous data is numbers that you measure.
Method. Ask: is the data words or numbers? If it is numbers, is it counted (discrete) or measured (continuous)?
- Ask whether the data is words or numbers. Data in words (colours, brands, types) is categorical. Data in numbers is numerical.The height of a tree
- If it is numerical, ask: counted or measured? Counted values jump in steps, so they are discrete. Measured values can be any value in a range, so they are continuous.It is a number, and it is found by measuring, so it can take any value in a range, including decimals.
- State the type. Continuous
Check. Test: could you have a value halfway between two neighbouring values (such as 2.5 children)? If not, it is discrete or categorical. ✓
Watch out. Money and shoe sizes look like decimals, but you can only have certain values, so they are discrete. Time, height, mass and length are measured, so they are continuous.
Key words. Categorical data is described in words. Discrete data is numbers that you count. Continuous data is numbers that you measure.
Method. Ask: is the data words or numbers? If it is numbers, is it counted (discrete) or measured (continuous)?
- Ask whether the data is words or numbers. Data in words (colours, brands, types) is categorical. Data in numbers is numerical.A person’s favourite film
- If it is numerical, ask: counted or measured? Counted values jump in steps, so they are discrete. Measured values can be any value in a range, so they are continuous.It is a word or label (a category), not a number.
- State the type. Categorical
Check. Test: could you have a value halfway between two neighbouring values (such as 2.5 children)? If not, it is discrete or categorical. ✓
Watch out. Money and shoe sizes look like decimals, but you can only have certain values, so they are discrete. Time, height, mass and length are measured, so they are continuous.
Method. Primary data is collected by you. Secondary data was already collected by someone else.
- Ask: who collected the data? This tells us whether it is primary or secondary.Sam asked the questions herself.
- Decide. The person using the data collected it themselves.Primary
Check. Primary = “I collected it”; secondary = “somebody else collected it”. ✓
Watch out. Using a database or website for your own project is still secondary data, because someone else collected it.
Method. Primary data is collected by you. Secondary data was already collected by someone else.
- Ask: who collected the data? This tells us whether it is primary or secondary.The Met Office collected the figures; Ali only looked them up.
- Decide. The person using the data did not collect it; it was already collected by someone else.Secondary
Check. Primary = “I collected it”; secondary = “somebody else collected it”. ✓
Watch out. Using a database or website for your own project is still secondary data, because someone else collected it.
Method. Primary data is collected by you. Secondary data was already collected by someone else.
- Ask: who collected the data? This tells us whether it is primary or secondary.The shop collected the sales data itself.
- Decide. The person using the data collected it themselves.Primary
Check. Primary = “I collected it”; secondary = “somebody else collected it”. ✓
Watch out. Using a database or website for your own project is still secondary data, because someone else collected it.
Method. Primary data is collected by you. Secondary data was already collected by someone else.
- Ask: who collected the data? This tells us whether it is primary or secondary.The government collected the figures.
- Decide. The person using the data did not collect it; it was already collected by someone else.Secondary
Check. Primary = “I collected it”; secondary = “somebody else collected it”. ✓
Watch out. Using a database or website for your own project is still secondary data, because someone else collected it.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Go through the list once, putting a tally mark in the right row for every item. Then count the tally marks.
- Make a table with a row for each category. There is one row for each different answer.Red, Blue, Green, Yellow
- Go through the data one item at a time, making one tally mark each time. Tally marks are grouped in fives (four upright lines and one across), which makes them easy to count. Tick items off as you go so that none is missed or counted twice.
Colour Tally Frequency Red |||| 5 Blue ||||| 6 Green ||| 3 Yellow || 2 Total 16 - Write the number of tally marks as the frequency. The frequency is how many times each answer occurs.Red: 5, Blue: 6, Green: 3, Yellow: 2
- Check the total. The frequencies must add up to the number of items in the list.5 + 6 + 3 + 2 = 16
Check. The list has 16 items and the frequencies total 16. ✓
Watch out. Check that the total frequency equals the number of items. Missing an item or counting one twice is the most common slip.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Go through the list once, putting a tally mark in the right row for every item. Then count the tally marks.
- Make a table with a row for each category. There is one row for each different answer.0, 1, 2, 3, 4
- Go through the data one item at a time, making one tally mark each time. Tally marks are grouped in fives (four upright lines and one across), which makes them easy to count. Tick items off as you go so that none is missed or counted twice.
Number of siblings Tally Frequency 0 |||| 4 1 ||||||| 8 2 ||||||| 8 3 ||| 3 4 | 1 Total 24 - Write the number of tally marks as the frequency. The frequency is how many times each answer occurs.0: 4, 1: 8, 2: 8, 3: 3, 4: 1
- Check the total. The frequencies must add up to the number of items in the list.4 + 8 + 8 + 3 + 1 = 24
Check. The list has 24 items and the frequencies total 24. ✓
Watch out. Check that the total frequency equals the number of items. Missing an item or counting one twice is the most common slip.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Put each value in the class it belongs to, making a tally mark each time. Then count the tally marks.
- Look at the inequality signs for each class. The lower end is included in a class like 10 ≤ x < 20, but the upper end is not (it goes in the next class).10 ≤ a < 20 years
20 ≤ a < 30 years
30 ≤ a < 40 years
40 ≤ a < 50 years - Go through the data, one value at a time, putting a tally mark in its class. Every value belongs to exactly one class. Tick each value off as you go.
Age Tally Frequency 10 ≤ a < 20 years |||| 5 20 ≤ a < 30 years |||||| 7 30 ≤ a < 40 years |||| 5 40 ≤ a < 50 years ||| 3 Total 20 - Write the number of tally marks as the frequency. 5, 7, 5, 3
- Check the total. The frequencies must add up to the number of values.5 + 7 + 5 + 3 = 20
Check. There are 20 values and the frequencies total 20. ✓
Watch out. A value on the boundary goes in the class whose inequality includes it. Read the < and ≤ signs carefully.
| Travel | Bus | Walk | Car | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Boys | 14 | ? | 7 | 30 |
| Girls | 11 | 12 | ? | 29 |
| Total | ? | 21 | 13 | 59 |
Method. In a two-way table every row adds up to its row total and every column adds up to its column total. Find a row or column with only one number missing.
- Find the missing number in the boys row, walk column. The row total is 30, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.30 − 14 − 7 = 9
- Write the answer. This is the number in the cell the question asks about.9
Check. Add up the completed row and column again: they agree with the totals. ✓
Watch out. Look for a row or column with exactly one missing number first.
Method. In a two-way table every row adds up to its row total and every column adds up to its column total. Find a row or column with only one number missing.
- Find the missing number in the boys row, walk column. The row total is 30, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.30 − 14 − 7 = 9
- Find the missing number in the girls row, car column. The row total is 29, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.29 − 11 − 12 = 6
- Write the answer. This is the number in the cell the question asks about.6
Check. Add up the completed row and column again: they agree with the totals. ✓
Watch out. Look for a row or column with exactly one missing number first.
Method. In a two-way table every row adds up to its row total and every column adds up to its column total. Find a row or column with only one number missing.
- Find the missing number in the boys row, walk column. The row total is 30, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.30 − 14 − 7 = 9
- Find the missing number in the girls row, car column. The row total is 29, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.29 − 11 − 12 = 6
- Find the missing number in the total row, bus column. The row total is 59, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.59 − 21 − 13 = 25
- Write the answer. This is the number in the cell the question asks about.25
Check. Add up the completed row and column again: they agree with the totals. ✓
Watch out. Look for a row or column with exactly one missing number first.
| Travel | Bus | Walk | Car | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Boys | 14 | 9 | 7 | 30 |
| Girls | 11 | 12 | 6 | 29 |
| Total | 25 | 21 | 13 | 59 |
Method. Find the Girls row and the Walk column and read where they meet.
- Go to the Girls row. Girls are in the second row.Girls: 11, 12, 6, total 29
- Read the Walk column. Walk is the second column.12 girls walk
Check. 11 + 12 + 6 = 29 girls in total. ✓
Watch out. Read the cell where the row and the column meet.
Method. Students who do not come by car walk or take the bus. Either add those two columns, or take the car total away from the total.
- Find the total who come by car. This is the last column total of cars.7 + 6 = 13
- Take it away from all students. 59 − 13 = 46
Check. Bus + Walk = 25 + 21 = 46. ✓
Watch out. “Not car” means everyone except the car travellers.
Method. Part over whole: the boys who take the bus, over all the boys.
- Find the boys who take the bus. 14
- Write over the number of boys. There are 30 boys.1430
- Simplify. Divide both by 2.1430 = 715
Check. 7 ÷ 15 = 0.467 and 14 ÷ 30 = 0.467. ✓
Watch out. The whole is the number of boys (30), not all 59 students.
| In the choir | Not in the choir | Total | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Girls | 22 | ? | 45 |
| Boys | ? | ? | ? |
| Total | 38 | ? | 80 |
Method. In a two-way table every row adds up to its row total and every column adds up to its column total. Find a row or column with only one number missing.
- Find the missing number in the girls row, not in the choir column. The row total is 45, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.45 − 22 = 23
- Write the answer. This is the number in the cell the question asks about.23
Check. Add up the completed row and column again: they agree with the totals. ✓
Watch out. Look for a row or column with exactly one missing number first.
Method. In a two-way table every row adds up to its row total and every column adds up to its column total. Find a row or column with only one number missing.
- Find the missing number in the girls row, not in the choir column. The row total is 45, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.45 − 22 = 23
- Find the missing number in the total row, not in the choir column. The row total is 80, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.80 − 38 = 42
- Find the missing number in the in the choir column, boys row. The column total is 38, and the cells in a column add up to the column total, so subtract the numbers we know.38 − 22 = 16
- Write the answer. This is the number in the cell the question asks about.16
Check. Add up the completed row and column again: they agree with the totals. ✓
Watch out. Look for a row or column with exactly one missing number first.
Method. In a two-way table every row adds up to its row total and every column adds up to its column total. Find a row or column with only one number missing.
- Find the missing number in the girls row, not in the choir column. The row total is 45, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.45 − 22 = 23
- Find the missing number in the total row, not in the choir column. The row total is 80, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.80 − 38 = 42
- Find the missing number in the in the choir column, boys row. The column total is 38, and the cells in a column add up to the column total, so subtract the numbers we know.38 − 22 = 16
- Find the missing number in the not in the choir column, boys row. The column total is 42, and the cells in a column add up to the column total, so subtract the numbers we know.42 − 23 = 19
- Write the answer. This is the number in the cell the question asks about.19
Check. Add up the completed row and column again: they agree with the totals. ✓
Watch out. Look for a row or column with exactly one missing number first.
Method. Check whether the question pushes the person towards one answer.
- Look at the wording. “Everyone agrees” and “far too long” suggest that the answer should be yes. This is a leading question and produces biased results.Leading: it pushes people to agree.
- Write a neutral question. Remove the opinion words and offer boxes that cover every answer.“How long does your homework usually take each night? Less than 30 minutes 30 minutes up to 1 hour 1 hour or more”
Check. The new question contains no opinion words and every length of time fits exactly one box. ✓
Watch out. A good question does not hint at the answer wanted.
Method. Test the boxes with different answers.
- Test an answer on a boundary. Someone who watches exactly 5 hours could tick the first or the second box.Overlap at 5 and at 10.
- Test an answer outside the boxes. Someone who watches 20 hours, or none, has no box.Gap: more than 15 hours (and 0 is only just included).
- Say how to fix it. Use boxes like “0 to less than 5”, “5 to less than 10”, “10 to less than 15”, “15 or more”.Non-overlapping boxes that cover every answer.
Check. Try 5, 10, 0 and 20 hours in the new boxes: each fits exactly one box. ✓
Watch out. A single hour such as 5 must belong to exactly one box.
| Pets owned | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 | 6 |
| 1 | 9 |
| 2 | 7 |
| 3 | 3 |
| 4 | 2 |
Method. The total of the frequencies is the number of students.
- Add the frequencies. Each frequency is a number of students.6 + 9 + 7 + 3 + 2 = 27
- State the answer. The total frequency is the number of students surveyed.27 students
Check. Count again in a different order. ✓
Watch out. Add the frequencies, not the numbers of pets.
Method. “At least 2” means 2 or more, so add the frequencies for 2, 3 and 4 pets.
- Pick the rows with 2 or more pets. At least 2 includes 2.2 pets: 7, 3 pets: 3, 4 pets: 2
- Add them. 7 + 3 + 2 = 12
Check. Students with fewer than 2 pets: 6 + 9 = 15, and 15 + 12 = 27. ✓
Watch out. “At least 2” includes 2.
Method. Each row is a number of pets multiplied by a number of students.
- Multiply each number of pets by its frequency. 3 students with 2 pets own 6 pets, and so on.0 × 6 = 0
1 × 9 = 9
2 × 7 = 14
3 × 3 = 9
4 × 2 = 8 - Add the results. 0 + 9 + 14 + 9 + 8 = 40
Check. The mean number of pets is 40 ÷ 27 ≈ 1.5, which looks sensible. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the number of pets by the frequency; do not just add the pet numbers.
Method. Decide whether goals are counted or measured.
- Check how goals are found. Goals are counted: 0, 1, 2, 3 …Counted data.
- Apply the definitions. Counted data is discrete. Continuous data is measured and can be any value in a range, such as 2.5.You cannot score 2.5 goals, so the data is discrete.
Check. Can there be a value halfway between 2 and 3 goals? No. ✓
Watch out. Being a number is not enough to be continuous: it must be measured.
Method. Decide who collected the data, and whether the data is counted or measured.
- Who collected it? Sam collected the times herself by asking the students.So the data is primary. Secondary data is data that someone else collected.
- Counted or measured? A travel time is measured and can take any value (such as 12.5 minutes).So the data is continuous.
Check. If Sam had used times from a transport website, the data would be secondary. ✓
Watch out. Writing data down does not make it secondary. What matters is who collected it.
Method. Put the numbers we know into a two-way table, then fill in the rest using totals.
- Set up the table with the known numbers. We know: 50 students in total, 26 boys, 30 who prefer football and 8 girls who prefer football.Totals: Boys 26, Football 30, All 50. Girls prefer football: 8.
- Find the number of girls. Girls are the students who are not boys.50 − 26 = 24 girls
- Find the girls who do not prefer football. Girls that prefer football are 8 of the 24.24 − 8 = 16
- Write that as a fraction of the girls and simplify. Part over whole, and the whole is all 24 girls.1624 = 23
Check. Also: boys who prefer football = 30 − 8 = 22, and boys who do not = 26 − 22 = 4. Row of girls: 8 + 16 = 24. ✓
Watch out. The whole is the number of girls (24), not all 50 students.
Sampling and population estimates
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
The population is the whole group that you want to find out about, such as every student in a school or every fish in a lake. Asking everyone is called a census. It is often too slow, too expensive or impossible (you cannot test every battery, because testing destroys it). So we take a sample: a smaller group chosen from the population. We then use the sample to infer (work out) things about the population.
Random and biased samples. A sample is random if every member of the population has an equal chance of being chosen, for example by numbering everyone and using a random number generator or drawing names from a hat. A sample is biased if it unfairly favours some part of the population. Asking only the people leaving a gym about how often people exercise gives a biased result. A larger sample is usually more reliable, but only if it is chosen fairly: a large biased sample is still biased.
Estimating from a sample. If the sample is fair, the fraction of the sample with a property should be close to the fraction of the whole population. For example, if 14 out of a random sample of 50 students walk to school, then about 1450 of all the students walk. In a school of 1200, that is about 1450 × 1200 = 336 students. This is only an estimate. A different sample would give a slightly different answer.
Stratified sampling. If a population has clear groups (strata), such as year groups, a stratified sample takes the right number from each group so that the sample is a fair mini copy of the population. The number taken from each group is group size ÷ whole population × sample size. The method is fair because each group is represented in the same proportion as it appears in the population.
Capture–recapture. How can we count animals we cannot see? Catch a number of them, mark them harmlessly, release them, wait for them to mix back in, then catch a second sample. The fraction of the second sample that is marked should be about the same as the fraction of the whole population that is marked. So population estimate = (number marked first) × (second sample size) ÷ (number marked in the second sample).
This works only if some assumptions hold: the animals mix thoroughly, no animals are born, die or move in or out between the two catches, the marks do not fall off or harm the animals, and marked animals are no easier or harder to catch. If these are not true, the estimate may be too high or too low.
Key ideas
- Population = everyone or everything of interest. Sample = a smaller group chosen from it.
- A random sample gives every member an equal chance. A biased sample favours some members.
- Estimate from a sample: use the same fraction for the population.
- Stratified sample: group size ÷ population × sample size.
- Capture–recapture: population ≈ marked first × second sample ÷ marked in second sample.
- All estimates rely on assumptions and are not exact.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. A random sample should be like the whole population in miniature, so the same fraction of the population should have the property as in the sample.
- Write the fraction in the sample. Part over whole: the number with the property out of the sample size.1450 = 725
- Say that the same fraction applies to the whole population. This is the assumption that the sample is representative.725 of 1200
- Work out the fraction of the population. Multiply the fraction by the population size.0.28 × 1200 = 336
Check. The population is 24 times as big as the sample, and 14 × 24 = 336. ✓
Watch out. The answer is an estimate. A different sample would give a slightly different answer.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Stratified sampling: take from each group (stratum) in proportion to its size.
- Find the size of the whole population. Add up the sizes of all the groups (strata).120 + 100 + 80 = 300
- Find the fraction of the population that is being sampled. In a stratified sample each group is sampled in the same proportion as its size in the population.30 out of 300: 30300 = 110
- Work out each group’s share of the sample. sample for the group = group size ÷ population size × sample size.Year 9: 120 ÷ 300 × 30 = 12
Year 10: 100 ÷ 300 × 30 = 10
Year 11: 80 ÷ 300 × 30 = 8 - Check the sample sizes add up to the sample. The groups together must make the whole sample.12 + 10 + 8 = 30
Check. Each group gets 110 of its size: 110 of 120 = 12, 110 of 100 = 10, 110 of 80 = 8. ✓
Watch out. Use the size of each group divided by the size of the whole population, not by the size of the sample.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Capture–recapture: the fraction of the second sample that is marked is the same as the fraction of the whole population that is marked.
- Write down what we know. First we catch, mark and release some. Later we catch a second sample and count how many of those are marked.Marked and released: 40
Second sample: 30
Marked in the second sample: 6 - Write the proportion marked in the second sample. If the animals have mixed well, this is a fair estimate of the proportion marked in the whole population.6 out of 30 = 630
- Write the proportion marked in the whole population. Let N be the whole population. The 40 marked ones make up 40 out of N.40N
- Make the two proportions equal. We assume the second sample is representative of the population.630 = 40N
- Solve for N. Multiply both sides by N and by the second-sample size, then divide by the number marked in the second sample: N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in second sample.N = 40 × 30 ÷ 6 = 1200 ÷ 6 = 200
Check. Of the whole population of 200, 40 were marked: 40200 ≈ 0.200, and 630 = 0.200. The two proportions agree (to within rounding). ✓
Watch out. N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in the second sample. Do not divide by the second sample size or multiply by the number marked in it.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Give every student an equal chance of being picked, and make the choice by chance, not by choice.
- Number the students. Give each student a different number from 1 to 28, perhaps using the register order.1, 2, 3, …, 28
- Choose numbers at random. Use a random number generator or draw numbers from a hat. Ignore repeats.Choose 5 different numbers between 1 and 28.
- Pick the students with those numbers. These students form the sample.Sample of 5 students
Check. Every student had the same chance, 5 out of 28, of being picked. ✓
Watch out. Choosing friends or the first five in the register is not random.
Watch out
For stratified sampling, divide by the size of the whole population and multiply by the sample size. And in capture–recapture, the denominator is the number marked in the second sample, not the first.Exercise 24B Sampling and population estimates
Non-calculatorKey words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. The population is everyone we want to find out about. The sample is the part we actually ask.
- Find the whole group of interest. The teacher wants to know about Year 10.Population = all 180 Year 10 students
- Find the group actually asked. Sample = the 20 students asked
Check. The sample (20) is smaller than the population (180). ✓
Watch out. The sample is always part of the population.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. The population is the whole batch, and the sample is the bulbs tested.
- Population. The factory wants to know about the whole batch.All 2000 bulbs
- Sample. The 50 bulbs tested
Check. 50 is much smaller than 2000. ✓
Watch out. Testing every bulb would use them all up, which is why a sample is used.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Think about time, cost and what happens to the items.
- Cost and time. Asking or testing everybody can take a very long time and cost a lot.A sample is quicker and cheaper.
- Destructive testing. Some tests ruin the item (for example, testing how long a battery lasts).You cannot test every item if the test destroys it.
Check. Either reason is valid. ✓
Watch out. A sample is not used because it is more accurate: a census would be more accurate, but it is not practical.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Decide whether everyone in the town had an equal chance of being asked.
- Think about who is at the bus station. People at a bus station are there because they use buses.They use the bus more than the typical person.
- Say what this does to the result. The sample is not representative of the whole town, so the results will overestimate bus use.The sample is biased.
Check. A better sample would be chosen at random from the whole town. ✓
Watch out. Say why the sample is unfair, not just that it is biased.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. A random sample gives every student the same chance of being chosen.
- Check A. Students who arrive early are not typical of everyone, so some have a better chance of being chosen.Not random.
- Check C. Only footballers can be chosen.Not random.
- Check B. A computer chooses from the full list, so every student has an equal chance.B
Check. Only B gives everyone the same chance. ✓
Watch out. “Random” means every member has an equal chance, not just that the choice looks haphazard.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. A random sample should be like the whole population in miniature, so the same fraction of the population should have the property as in the sample.
- Write the fraction in the sample. Part over whole: the number with the property out of the sample size.1040 = 14
- Say that the same fraction applies to the whole population. This is the assumption that the sample is representative.14 of 800
- Work out the fraction of the population. Multiply the fraction by the population size.0.25 × 800 = 200
Check. The population is 20 times as big as the sample, and 10 × 20 = 200. ✓
Watch out. The answer is an estimate. A different sample would give a slightly different answer.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. A random sample should be like the whole population in miniature, so the same fraction of the population should have the property as in the sample.
- Write the fraction in the sample. Part over whole: the number with the property out of the sample size.360 = 120
- Say that the same fraction applies to the whole population. This is the assumption that the sample is representative.120 of 3000
- Work out the fraction of the population. Multiply the fraction by the population size.0.05 × 3000 = 150
Check. The population is 50 times as big as the sample, and 3 × 50 = 150. ✓
Watch out. The answer is an estimate. A different sample would give a slightly different answer.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. A random sample should be like the whole population in miniature, so the same fraction of the population should have the property as in the sample.
- Write the fraction in the sample. Part over whole: the number with the property out of the sample size.925 = 925
- Say that the same fraction applies to the whole population. This is the assumption that the sample is representative.925 of 400
- Work out the fraction of the population. Multiply the fraction by the population size.0.36 × 400 = 144
Check. The population is 16 times as big as the sample, and 9 × 16 = 144. ✓
Watch out. The answer is an estimate. A different sample would give a slightly different answer.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Capture–recapture: the fraction of the second sample that is marked is the same as the fraction of the whole population that is marked.
- Write down what we know. First we catch, mark and release some. Later we catch a second sample and count how many of those are marked.Marked and released: 30
Second sample: 40
Marked in the second sample: 6 - Write the proportion marked in the second sample. If the animals have mixed well, this is a fair estimate of the proportion marked in the whole population.6 out of 40 = 640
- Write the proportion marked in the whole population. Let N be the whole population. The 30 marked ones make up 30 out of N.30N
- Make the two proportions equal. We assume the second sample is representative of the population.640 = 30N
- Solve for N. Multiply both sides by N and by the second-sample size, then divide by the number marked in the second sample: N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in second sample.N = 30 × 40 ÷ 6 = 1200 ÷ 6 = 200
Check. Of the whole population of 200, 30 were marked: 30200 ≈ 0.150, and 640 = 0.150. The two proportions agree (to within rounding). ✓
Watch out. N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in the second sample. Do not divide by the second sample size or multiply by the number marked in it.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Capture–recapture: the fraction of the second sample that is marked is the same as the fraction of the whole population that is marked.
- Write down what we know. First we catch, mark and release some. Later we catch a second sample and count how many of those are marked.Marked and released: 50
Second sample: 60
Marked in the second sample: 10 - Write the proportion marked in the second sample. If the animals have mixed well, this is a fair estimate of the proportion marked in the whole population.10 out of 60 = 1060
- Write the proportion marked in the whole population. Let N be the whole population. The 50 marked ones make up 50 out of N.50N
- Make the two proportions equal. We assume the second sample is representative of the population.1060 = 50N
- Solve for N. Multiply both sides by N and by the second-sample size, then divide by the number marked in the second sample: N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in second sample.N = 50 × 60 ÷ 10 = 3000 ÷ 10 = 300
Check. Of the whole population of 300, 50 were marked: 50300 ≈ 0.167, and 1060 = 0.167. The two proportions agree (to within rounding). ✓
Watch out. N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in the second sample. Do not divide by the second sample size or multiply by the number marked in it.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Capture–recapture: the fraction of the second sample that is marked is the same as the fraction of the whole population that is marked.
- Write down what we know. First we catch, mark and release some. Later we catch a second sample and count how many of those are marked.Marked and released: 24
Second sample: 50
Marked in the second sample: 8 - Write the proportion marked in the second sample. If the animals have mixed well, this is a fair estimate of the proportion marked in the whole population.8 out of 50 = 850
- Write the proportion marked in the whole population. Let N be the whole population. The 24 marked ones make up 24 out of N.24N
- Make the two proportions equal. We assume the second sample is representative of the population.850 = 24N
- Solve for N. Multiply both sides by N and by the second-sample size, then divide by the number marked in the second sample: N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in second sample.N = 24 × 50 ÷ 8 = 1200 ÷ 8 = 150
Check. Of the whole population of 150, 24 were marked: 24150 ≈ 0.160, and 850 = 0.160. The two proportions agree (to within rounding). ✓
Watch out. N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in the second sample. Do not divide by the second sample size or multiply by the number marked in it.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Capture–recapture: the fraction of the second sample that is marked is the same as the fraction of the whole population that is marked.
- Write down what we know. First we catch, mark and release some. Later we catch a second sample and count how many of those are marked.Marked and released: 120
Second sample: 150
Marked in the second sample: 25 - Write the proportion marked in the second sample. If the animals have mixed well, this is a fair estimate of the proportion marked in the whole population.25 out of 150 = 25150
- Write the proportion marked in the whole population. Let N be the whole population. The 120 marked ones make up 120 out of N.120N
- Make the two proportions equal. We assume the second sample is representative of the population.25150 = 120N
- Solve for N. Multiply both sides by N and by the second-sample size, then divide by the number marked in the second sample: N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in second sample.N = 120 × 150 ÷ 25 = 18000 ÷ 25 = 720
Check. Of the whole population of 720, 120 were marked: 120720 ≈ 0.167, and 25150 = 0.167. The two proportions agree (to within rounding). ✓
Watch out. N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in the second sample. Do not divide by the second sample size or multiply by the number marked in it.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Think about what has to be true for the second sample to be a fair copy of the whole lake.
- Think about mixing. If the tagged fish stayed in one corner, the second sample would not be fair.The tagged fish have mixed evenly.
- Think about change. If fish were born, died or swam away in the week, the population changed.No fish were born, died or moved in or out.
Check. Any one of these is an acceptable answer. ✓
Watch out. State an assumption about the animals or the lake, not about the calculation.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Stratified sampling: take from each group (stratum) in proportion to its size.
- Find the size of the whole population. Add up the sizes of all the groups (strata).90 + 60 + 150 = 300
- Find the fraction of the population that is being sampled. In a stratified sample each group is sampled in the same proportion as its size in the population.20 out of 300: 20300 = 115
- Work out each group’s share of the sample. sample for the group = group size ÷ population size × sample size.Year 7: 90 ÷ 300 × 20 = 6
Year 8: 60 ÷ 300 × 20 = 4
Year 9: 150 ÷ 300 × 20 = 10 - Check the sample sizes add up to the sample. The groups together must make the whole sample.6 + 4 + 10 = 20
Check. Each group gets 115 of its size: 115 of 90 = 6, 115 of 60 = 4, 115 of 150 = 10. ✓
Watch out. Use the size of each group divided by the size of the whole population, not by the size of the sample.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Stratified sampling: take from each group (stratum) in proportion to its size.
- Find the size of the whole population. Add up the sizes of all the groups (strata).240 + 160 = 400
- Find the fraction of the population that is being sampled. In a stratified sample each group is sampled in the same proportion as its size in the population.50 out of 400: 50400 = 18
- Work out each group’s share of the sample. sample for the group = group size ÷ population size × sample size.Boys: 240 ÷ 400 × 50 = 30
Girls: 160 ÷ 400 × 50 = 20 - Check the sample sizes add up to the sample. The groups together must make the whole sample.30 + 20 = 50
Check. Each group gets 18 of its size: 18 of 240 = 30, 18 of 160 = 20. ✓
Watch out. Use the size of each group divided by the size of the whole population, not by the size of the sample.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Stratified sampling: take from each group (stratum) in proportion to its size.
- Find the size of the whole population. Add up the sizes of all the groups (strata).125 + 100 + 75 = 300
- Find the fraction of the population that is being sampled. In a stratified sample each group is sampled in the same proportion as its size in the population.60 out of 300: 60300 = 15
- Work out each group’s share of the sample. sample for the group = group size ÷ population size × sample size.Year 10: 125 ÷ 300 × 60 = 25
Year 11: 100 ÷ 300 × 60 = 20
Sixth form: 75 ÷ 300 × 60 = 15 - Check the sample sizes add up to the sample. The groups together must make the whole sample.25 + 20 + 15 = 60
Check. Each group gets 15 of its size: 15 of 125 = 25, 15 of 100 = 20, 15 of 75 = 15. ✓
Watch out. Use the size of each group divided by the size of the whole population, not by the size of the sample.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Stratified sampling: take from each group (stratum) in proportion to its size.
- Find the size of the whole population. Add up the sizes of all the groups (strata).124 + 96 + 80 = 300
- Find the fraction of the population that is being sampled. In a stratified sample each group is sampled in the same proportion as its size in the population.30 out of 300: 30300 = 110
- Work out each group’s share of the sample. sample for the group = group size ÷ population size × sample size.Juniors: 124 ÷ 300 × 30 = 12.40 = 12 (nearest whole number)
Seniors: 96 ÷ 300 × 30 = 9.60 = 10 (nearest whole number)
Veterans: 80 ÷ 300 × 30 = 8 - Check the sample sizes add up to the sample. The groups together must make the whole sample.12 + 10 + 8 = 30
Check. Each group gets 110 of its size: 110 of 124 = 12, 110 of 96 = 10, 110 of 80 = 8. ✓
Watch out. Use the size of each group divided by the size of the whole population, not by the size of the sample.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Compare what a stratified sample should do with what Ben says.
- Recall the purpose. A stratified sample should be a fair small copy of the population, so groups must be represented in the same proportion as in the population.Bigger group, bigger share of the sample.
- Test Ben’s idea with an example. Suppose there are 90 students in one group and 10 in another. Taking 5 from each would over-represent the small group.Group of 90 and group of 10, sample of 10: take 9 and 1, not 5 and 5.
Check. 9 : 1 is the same ratio as 90 : 10. ✓
Watch out. Stratified means in proportion, not equal.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Think about what happens to the number of marked animals in the second sample.
- Consider the effect of marked animals dying. Fewer marked animals are in the lake, so fewer appear in the second sample.The number marked in the second sample, R, is smaller than it should be.
- Look at the formula. N = M × C ÷ R. If R is too small, then N is too big.The estimate is too high.
Check. Try M = 40, C = 30. With R = 6, N = 200. With R = 5, N = 240, which is larger. ✓
Watch out. A smaller R gives a bigger estimate.
Method. Rearrange the capture–recapture formula N = M × C ÷ R to find R.
- Write the formula. N is the population, M the number marked first, C the second sample and R the number marked in the second sample.N = M × C ÷ R
- Substitute the numbers. 450 = 60 × 45 ÷ R
- Rearrange. Multiply both sides by R, then divide both sides by N.R = 60 × 45 ÷ 450 = 2700 ÷ 450 = 6
Check. Check: 60 × 45 ÷ 6 = 2700 ÷ 6 = 450. ✓
Watch out. R is in the denominator, so you cannot just divide N by something: rearrange step by step.
Method. Work out the estimate from the sample, then comment on how reliable it is.
- Write the sample fraction. 18 of the 80 are in the band.1880 = 940 = 0.225
- Apply to the whole school. Multiply by the population size.0.225 × 1050 = 236.25 ≈ 236
- Comment. A different sample of 80 pupils would give a different count, so the true number could be higher or lower.It is an estimate only, so “exactly” is not justified.
Check. 1050 ÷ 80 = 13.125 and 18 × 13.125 = 236.25. ✓
Watch out. Samples give estimates. Use words like “about” or “estimate”.
Method. Use the formula N = M × C ÷ R twice, then compare the sizes of the samples.
- First estimate. Use M = 40, C = 30, R = 5.40 × 30 ÷ 5 = 1200 ÷ 5 = 240
- Second estimate. Use M = 40, C = 90, R = 14.40 × 90 ÷ 14 = 3600 ÷ 14 = 257.1 ≈ 257
- Choose which to trust. A larger sample gives a more reliable estimate, because it is less affected by chance.The second estimate (257) is more reliable because C = 90 is bigger than C = 30.
Check. Both estimates are close to each other (240 and 257), which suggests the population is about 250. ✓
Watch out. A bigger sample is more reliable, but only if it is fair.
Mean, median, mode and range
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
An average is a single number that tells us what is typical for a set of data. There are three averages, and each one answers the question “what is typical?” in a different way. We also need a measure of how spread out the data is. That measure is the range.
The mean is the total of all the values divided by how many values there are. It is the amount each value would be if the total were shared out equally. The picture shows data as dots on a number line. The mean is the balance point: the number line would balance on a pivot placed at the mean.
The median is the middle value when the values are written in order. With an odd number of values it is the middle one. With an even number of values there are two middle ones and the median is halfway between them. The mode is the value that occurs most often. There can be more than one mode, or none if every value occurs once. The mode is the only average that works for categorical data (for example, the most popular colour).
The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value. A small range means the data is close together (consistent). A big range means the data is spread out.
Which average should we use? The mean uses every value, so it is affected by very big or very small values called outliers. If five people earn £18 000, £20 000, £21 000, £22 000 and £150 000, the mean is pulled up by the biggest salary and is not typical. The median is not affected by extreme values, so it is better when there are outliers. The mode is best for categorical data, or when we want the most popular choice.
Finding a missing value. If you know the mean of a set of numbers you know their total: total = mean × number of values. Then subtract the values you already know to find the missing one.
Key ideas
- Mean = total of the values ÷ number of values.
- Median = middle value when the values are in order. For an even number of values, halfway between the middle two.
- Mode = most common value. There may be more than one.
- Range = biggest value − smallest value.
- Outliers pull the mean towards them, but they do not change the median much.
- Total = mean × number of values (useful for missing values).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.12 + 15 + 9 + 18 + 14 + 11 = 79
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 6 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.79 ÷ 6 = 13.1667… = 13.2 to 1 decimal place
Check. The mean must lie between the smallest (9) and the largest (18) value, and 13.2 does. Also 13.2 × 6 = 79.2, which is close to the total 79. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 12
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 6 values.
- Find the two middle positions. With an even number of values there are two middle values. They are at positions n ÷ 2 and n ÷ 2 + 1.6 ÷ 2 = 3, so the 3rd and 4th values.
- Pick out the two middle values. Count along the ordered list.3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 12
- Find the number halfway between them. Add the two middle values and divide by 2 (their mean).(6 + 7) ÷ 2 = 13 ÷ 2 = 6.5
Check. 3 values are below 6.5 and 3 values are above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Find the mode by counting and the range by subtracting. Both are done from the same list.
- Count how often each value occurs. The mode is the value that occurs most often.5 occurs 3 times
7 occurs 1 time
8 occurs 2 times
9 occurs 1 time - State the mode. 5 occurs most often.Mode = 5
- Find the biggest and smallest values. We need them for the range.Biggest = 9, smallest = 5
- Subtract. Range = biggest − smallest.9 − 5 = 4
Check. 5, 5, 5, 7, 8, 8, 9: the value 5 appears most. 5 + 4 = 9, the biggest value. ✓
Watch out. The mode is a value from the list (5), not the number of times it occurs (3).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. If we know the mean, we can find the total: total = mean × number of values. Then take away the values we already know.
- Find how many values there are altogether. The mean is shared between all the values, including the missing one.4 known values + 1 missing value = 5 values
- Find the total the values must make. total = mean × number of values.8 × 5 = 40
- Add up the known values. 6 + 9 + 11 + 7 = 33
- Take the known total away from the full total. What is left is the missing value.40 − 33 = 7
Check. Add the missing value in: 33 + 7 = 40, and 40 ÷ 5 = 8. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the mean by the number of values including the missing one (not by the number you already know).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Work out the mean and the median, then decide which one is more typical.
- Work out the mean. Add the salaries and divide by 5.18 000 + 20 000 + 21 000 + 22 000 + 150 000 = 231,000
231,000 ÷ 5 = £46,200 - Work out the median. The salaries are already in order. The middle (3rd) one is the median.Median = £21,000
- Compare. Four of the five people earn about £20 000, so £46,200 is far above what most people earn. The very large salary (an outlier) has pulled the mean up.The mean is not typical.
- Choose the better average. The median is not affected by the one very large value.The median (£21,000) is a better average.
Check. Four of the five wages are within £4 000 of the median, so the median describes most of the people. ✓
Watch out. When there is an extreme value (an outlier), the median is usually a better average than the mean.
Watch out
Always put the data in order before finding the median. And the mode is the value that occurs most often, not how many times it occurs.Exercise 24C Mean, median, mode and range
Non-calculatorKey words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.4 + 7 + 10 = 21
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 3 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.21 ÷ 3 = 7
Check. Multiply back: 7 × 3 = 21, which is the total. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.12 + 15 + 9 + 14 = 50
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 4 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.50 ÷ 4 = 12.5
Check. Multiply back: 12.5 × 4 = 50, which is the total. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.3 + 8 + 5 + 6 + 8 = 30
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 5 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.30 ÷ 5 = 6
Check. Multiply back: 6 × 5 = 30, which is the total. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.21 + 18 + 24 + 17 + 20 = 100
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 5 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.100 ÷ 5 = 20
Check. Multiply back: 20 × 5 = 100, which is the total. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.2.5 + 3.5 + 4.5 = 10.5
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 3 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.10.5 ÷ 3 = 3.5
Check. Multiply back: 3.5 × 3 = 10.5, which is the total. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.£2.4 + £3.6 + £1.5 + £4.5 = £12
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 4 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.£12 ÷ 4 = £3
Check. Multiply back: 3 × 4 = 12, which is the total. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.2, 3, 5, 7, 9
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 5 values.
- Find the middle position. With an odd number of values, the middle one has the same number of values on each side. Position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(5 + 1) ÷ 2 = 3, so the median is the 3rd value.
- Pick out that value. Count along the ordered list to the 3rd value.2, 3, 5, 7, 9
Median = 5
Check. There are 2 values below 5 and 2 values above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.4, 6, 8, 11, 15
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 5 values.
- Find the middle position. With an odd number of values, the middle one has the same number of values on each side. Position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(5 + 1) ÷ 2 = 3, so the median is the 3rd value.
- Pick out that value. Count along the ordered list to the 3rd value.4, 6, 8, 11, 15
Median = 8
Check. There are 2 values below 8 and 2 values above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.3, 7, 9, 12
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 4 values.
- Find the two middle positions. With an even number of values there are two middle values. They are at positions n ÷ 2 and n ÷ 2 + 1.4 ÷ 2 = 2, so the 2nd and 3rd values.
- Pick out the two middle values. Count along the ordered list.3, 7, 9, 12
- Find the number halfway between them. Add the two middle values and divide by 2 (their mean).(7 + 9) ÷ 2 = 16 ÷ 2 = 8
Check. 2 values are below 8 and 2 values are above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.11, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 6 values.
- Find the two middle positions. With an even number of values there are two middle values. They are at positions n ÷ 2 and n ÷ 2 + 1.6 ÷ 2 = 3, so the 3rd and 4th values.
- Pick out the two middle values. Count along the ordered list.11, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22
- Find the number halfway between them. Add the two middle values and divide by 2 (their mean).(16 + 18) ÷ 2 = 34 ÷ 2 = 17
Check. 3 values are below 17 and 3 values are above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.0.8, 1.1, 1.5, 2.2
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 4 values.
- Find the two middle positions. With an even number of values there are two middle values. They are at positions n ÷ 2 and n ÷ 2 + 1.4 ÷ 2 = 2, so the 2nd and 3rd values.
- Pick out the two middle values. Count along the ordered list.0.8, 1.1, 1.5, 2.2
- Find the number halfway between them. Add the two middle values and divide by 2 (their mean).(1.1 + 1.5) ÷ 2 = 2.6 ÷ 2 = 1.3
Check. 2 values are below 1.3 and 2 values are above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.−8, −3, 0, 2, 5
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 5 values.
- Find the middle position. With an odd number of values, the middle one has the same number of values on each side. Position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(5 + 1) ÷ 2 = 3, so the median is the 3rd value.
- Pick out that value. Count along the ordered list to the 3rd value.−8, −3, 0, 2, 5
Median = 0
Check. There are 2 values below 0 and 2 values above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The mode is the value that appears most often.
- Count how many times each value appears. The mode is the value that occurs most often.2 appears 2 times
3 appears 1 time
5 appears 3 times
7 appears 1 time - Find the value that appears most often. 5 appears 3 times, more than any other value.Mode = 5
Check. Look back at the list: no other value appears more times. ✓
Watch out. The mode is the value, not how many times it appears.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The mode is the value that appears most often.
- Count how many times each value appears. The mode is the value that occurs most often.6 appears 2 times
7 appears 1 time
8 appears 3 times
9 appears 1 time - Find the value that appears most often. 8 appears 3 times, more than any other value.Mode = 8
Check. Look back at the list: no other value appears more times. ✓
Watch out. The mode is the value, not how many times it appears.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The mode is the value that appears most often.
- Count how many times each value appears. The mode is the value that occurs most often.blue appears 2 times
green appears 1 time
red appears 3 times - Find the value that appears most often. red appears 3 times, more than any other value.Mode = red
Check. Look back at the list: no other value appears more times. ✓
Watch out. The mode is the value, not how many times it appears.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The mode is the value that appears most often.
- Count how many times each value appears. The mode is the value that occurs most often.2 appears 1 time
4 appears 2 times
7 appears 2 times
9 appears 1 time - Find the value(s) that appear most often. 2 is the highest count, and it happens for more than one value, so there are two modes (the data is bimodal).Modes = 4 and 7
Check. Look back at the list: no other value appears more times. ✓
Watch out. The mode is the value, not how many times it appears.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value.
- Find the biggest value. The range measures how spread out the data is, from one end to the other.Biggest = 12
- Find the smallest value. Smallest = 3
- Subtract: biggest minus smallest. The range is the gap between the two ends.12 − 3 = 9
Check. Count on from 3 by 9 and you reach 12. ✓
Watch out. The range is one number (the difference), not the pair “from 3 to 12”.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value.
- Find the biggest value. The range measures how spread out the data is, from one end to the other.Biggest = 30
- Find the smallest value. Smallest = 15
- Subtract: biggest minus smallest. The range is the gap between the two ends.30 − 15 = 15
Check. Count on from 15 by 15 and you reach 30. ✓
Watch out. The range is one number (the difference), not the pair “from 15 to 30”.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value.
- Find the biggest value. The range measures how spread out the data is, from one end to the other.Biggest = 2.5
- Find the smallest value. Smallest = 0.7
- Subtract: biggest minus smallest. The range is the gap between the two ends.2.5 − 0.7 = 1.8
Check. Count on from 0.7 by 1.8 and you reach 2.5. ✓
Watch out. The range is one number (the difference), not the pair “from 0.7 to 2.5”.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value.
- Find the biggest value. The range measures how spread out the data is, from one end to the other.Biggest = 8
- Find the smallest value. Smallest = −3
- Subtract: biggest minus smallest. The range is the gap between the two ends.8 − −3 = 11
Check. Count on from −3 by 11 and you reach 8. ✓
Watch out. The range is one number (the difference), not the pair “from −3 to 8”.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.6 + 9 + 4 + 9 + 7 + 5 + 9 + 8 + 6 = 63
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 9 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.63 ÷ 9 = 7
Check. Multiply back: 7 × 9 = 63, which is the total. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.4, 5, 6, 6, 7, 8, 9, 9, 9
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 9 values.
- Find the middle position. With an odd number of values, the middle one has the same number of values on each side. Position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(9 + 1) ÷ 2 = 5, so the median is the 5th value.
- Pick out that value. Count along the ordered list to the 5th value.4, 5, 6, 6, 7, 8, 9, 9, 9
Median = 7
Check. There are 4 values below 7 and 4 values above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The mode is the value that appears most often.
- Count how many times each value appears. The mode is the value that occurs most often.4 appears 1 time
5 appears 1 time
6 appears 2 times
7 appears 1 time
8 appears 1 time
9 appears 3 times - Find the value that appears most often. 9 appears 3 times, more than any other value.Mode = 9
Check. Look back at the list: no other value appears more times. ✓
Watch out. The mode is the value, not how many times it appears.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value.
- Find the biggest value. The range measures how spread out the data is, from one end to the other.Biggest = 9
- Find the smallest value. Smallest = 4
- Subtract: biggest minus smallest. The range is the gap between the two ends.9 − 4 = 5
Check. Count on from 4 by 5 and you reach 9. ✓
Watch out. The range is one number (the difference), not the pair “from 4 to 9”.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.£2.4 + £1.8 + £3.2 + £2.6 = £10
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 4 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.£10 ÷ 4 = £2.5
Check. Multiply back: 2.5 × 4 = 10, which is the total. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. If we know the mean, we can find the total: total = mean × number of values. Then take away the values we already know.
- Find how many values there are altogether. The mean is shared between all the values, including the missing one.3 known values + 1 missing value = 4 values
- Find the total the values must make. total = mean × number of values.7 × 4 = 28
- Add up the known values. 5 + 8 + 9 = 22
- Take the known total away from the full total. What is left is the missing value.28 − 22 = 6
Check. Add the missing value in: 22 + 6 = 28, and 28 ÷ 4 = 7. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the mean by the number of values including the missing one (not by the number you already know).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. If we know the mean, we can find the total: total = mean × number of values. Then take away the values we already know.
- Find how many values there are altogether. The mean is shared between all the values, including the missing one.4 known values + 1 missing value = 5 values
- Find the total the values must make. total = mean × number of values.12 × 5 = 60
- Add up the known values. 10 + 15 + 11 + 14 = 50
- Take the known total away from the full total. What is left is the missing value.60 − 50 = 10
Check. Add the missing value in: 50 + 10 = 60, and 60 ÷ 5 = 12. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the mean by the number of values including the missing one (not by the number you already know).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. If we know the mean, we can find the total: total = mean × number of values. Then take away the values we already know.
- Find how many values there are altogether. The mean is shared between all the values, including the missing one.5 known values + 1 missing value = 6 values
- Find the total the values must make. total = mean × number of values.4.5 × 6 = 27
- Add up the known values. 3 + 5 + 4 + 6 + 4.5 = 22.5
- Take the known total away from the full total. What is left is the missing value.27 − 22.5 = 4.5 kg
Check. Add the missing value in: 22.5 + 4.5 = 27, and 27 ÷ 6 = 4.5. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the mean by the number of values including the missing one (not by the number you already know).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. If we know the mean, we can find the total: total = mean × number of values. Then take away the values we already know.
- Find how many values there are altogether. The mean is shared between all the values, including the missing one.5 known values + 1 missing value = 6 values
- Find the total the values must make. total = mean × number of values.15 × 6 = 90
- Add up the known values. 14 + 17 + 12 + 15 + 17 = 75
- Take the known total away from the full total. What is left is the missing value.90 − 75 = 15
Check. Add the missing value in: 75 + 15 = 90, and 90 ÷ 6 = 15. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the mean by the number of values including the missing one (not by the number you already know).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Work out both averages and decide which is closer to what most people earn.
- Work out the median. The salaries are in order and the middle one is the 3rd.£21 000
- Work out the mean. Total ÷ 5.231,000 ÷ 5 = £46,200
- Compare with the data. Four of the five people earn about £20 000, so the mean is not typical.Median is closer to what most people earn.
Check. The mean is more than double all but one of the salaries. ✓
Watch out. A very large or very small value (outlier) affects the mean much more than the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Find Aisha’s mistake. She took the middle of the list as it was written, without putting the numbers in order first.Aisha: middle of 3, 9, 4, 7, 5 is 4 (wrong).
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.3, 4, 5, 7, 9
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 5 values.
- Find the middle position. With an odd number of values, the middle one has the same number of values on each side. Position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(5 + 1) ÷ 2 = 3, so the median is the 3rd value.
- Pick out that value. Count along the ordered list to the 3rd value.3, 4, 5, 7, 9
Median = 5
Check. There are 2 values below 5 and 2 values above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 28 = 50
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 5 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.50 ÷ 5 = 10
Check. Multiply back: 10 × 5 = 50, which is the total. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.4, 5, 6, 7, 28
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 5 values.
- Find the middle position. With an odd number of values, the middle one has the same number of values on each side. Position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(5 + 1) ÷ 2 = 3, so the median is the 3rd value.
- Pick out that value. Count along the ordered list to the 3rd value.4, 5, 6, 7, 28
Median = 6
Check. There are 2 values below 6 and 2 values above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare each new average with the old one, which was 6 for both.
- Change in the mean. The new mean is 10.10 − 6 = 4
- Change in the median. The median is still 6.6 − 6 = 0
- Decide. The mean changed by 4 and the median did not change.The mean changed more.
Check. The median depends only on the middle value, which did not change. ✓
Watch out. An outlier moves the mean a lot, but the median hardly at all.
Method. Find the total of the first eight numbers from the mean, add the new number, then divide by 9.
- Find the total of the first 8 numbers. total = mean × number of values.12 × 8 = 96
- Add the ninth number. 96 + 21 = 117
- Divide by 9 to find the new mean. There are now 9 numbers.117 ÷ 9 = 13
Check. Nine numbers with mean 13 have total 9 × 13 = 117. ✓
Watch out. Divide by 9 (the new number of values), not by 8.
Method. You cannot just average 62 and 70, because the classes have different sizes. Find each class total, add them, and divide by 25.
- Find the total marks for class A. total = mean × number of students.62 × 10 = 620
- Find the total marks for class B. 70 × 15 = 1050
- Add the totals. 620 + 1050 = 1670
- Divide by the total number of students. 10 + 15 = 25 students.1670 ÷ 25 = 66.8
Check. The answer should be between 62 and 70, and nearer 70 because class B is bigger. 66.8 is. ✓
Watch out. The mean of the two means (66) is wrong when the groups are different sizes.
Method. Pick numbers that give the range first, then adjust them until the total is right. A range of 7 means biggest − smallest = 7.
- Choose the smallest and biggest numbers. Try 2 and 9, which have a range of 7.9 − 2 = 7
- Work out the total needed. Mean 6 of five numbers means total = 6 × 5.6 × 5 = 30
- Choose the other three numbers. They must add to 30 − 2 − 9 = 19 and lie between 2 and 9.6 + 6 + 7 = 19
- Write the list. 2, 6, 6, 7, 9
Check. Mean = 30 ÷ 5 = 6. Range = 9 − 2 = 7. ✓
Watch out. Many answers are possible. Check both conditions.
Method. Call the numbers a, b, c, d in order. Use each fact to build up the answer.
- Use the mean. The total of four numbers with mean 5 is 5 × 4.a + b + c + d = 20
- Use the median. With four numbers the median is halfway between b and c, so b + c = 2 × 4.5.b + c = 9
- Use the mode. The mode is 3, so 3 occurs at least twice. Since b + c = 9, the only way to have two 3s is a = 3 and b = 3.a = 3, b = 3, so c = 9 − 3 = 6
- Find d. The total is 20.d = 20 − 3 − 3 − 6 = 8
Check. 3, 3, 6, 8: mean = 20 ÷ 4 = 5, median = (3 + 6) ÷ 2 = 4.5, mode = 3. ✓
Watch out. Use one fact at a time and check all three at the end.
Averages from frequency tables
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
When lots of values repeat, it is quicker to list them in a frequency table. The table shows each value and its frequency: how many times it occurs. For example, if 5 families have 2 children, the table shows the value 2 with frequency 5.
The same data can be shown in a vertical line chart (above). The height of each line is the frequency. Use it for discrete numerical data. The total frequency, found by adding the frequencies, is the number of values in the data set.
The mean from a frequency table. We cannot just add the values in the first column, because they occur different numbers of times. Instead add a third column, frequency × value. For the row with value 2 and frequency 6, the 6 values of 2 add to 12. Adding the new column gives the total of all the values, and the mean is total of (frequency × value) ÷ total frequency.
The mode is the value with the highest frequency. The median is the middle value of the data in order. To find it, work out the position of the middle, (n + 1) ÷ 2, and add a running total (cumulative frequency) down the table to find which value is in that position. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Key ideas
- Total frequency = number of values in the data set.
- Mean = total of (frequency × value) ÷ total frequency.
- Mode = the value with the highest frequency (not the frequency itself).
- Median: position (n + 1) ÷ 2; use a running total of the frequencies to find the value in that position.
- Range = biggest value − smallest value.
| Goals | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 4 | 7 | 6 | 2 | 1 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Goals Frequency (f) f × goals 0 4 0 1 7 7 2 6 12 3 2 6 4 1 4 Total 20 29 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.4 + 7 + 6 + 2 + 1 = 20
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.0 + 7 + 12 + 6 + 4 = 29
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.29 ÷ 20 = 1.45
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (0 and 4). 1.45 is. Also 1.45 × 20 = 29. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
(a) Median.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Use a running total of the frequencies to find which value is in the middle position.
- Add up the frequencies. This is the number of values, n.4 + 7 + 6 + 2 + 1 = 20
- Find the positions of the two middle values. With an even number of values we need the two middle ones, at n ÷ 2 and n ÷ 2 + 1.20 ÷ 2 = 10, so the 10th and 11th values.
- Add a running total of the frequencies. The running total tells us which values occupy which positions when the data is in order.
Goals Frequency Running total (cumulative) 0 4 4 1 7 11 2 6 17 3 2 19 4 1 20 - Find the 10th value. The running total first reaches 10 or more on the row for 1: that row holds positions 5 to 11.10th value = 1
- Find the 11th value. The running total first reaches 11 or more on the row for 1: that row holds positions 5 to 11.11th value = 1
Check. There are 20 values, so 10 lie below the middle (or middle pair) and the same number above. ✓
Watch out. The median is the value in the middle position, not the middle frequency or the middle row of the table.
(b) Mode.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. The mode is the value with the highest frequency.
- Find the highest frequency. The value that occurs most often has the biggest frequency.Frequencies: 4, 7, 6, 2, 1. The highest is 7.
- Read the value that goes with it. The question asks for the mode, which is the value, not the frequency.Mode = 1
Check. 1 occurs 7 times, more than any other value. ✓
Watch out. Do not give the frequency 7 as the answer. The mode is the value that has that frequency.
(c) Range.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value. Only look at values that actually occur (frequency more than 0).
- Find the smallest value that occurs. Ignore any row with frequency 0.Smallest = 0
- Find the biggest value that occurs. Biggest = 4
- Subtract. Biggest minus smallest.4 − 0 = 4
Check. 0 + 4 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Do not subtract the frequencies. The range uses the values.
| Books | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 2 | 5 | 8 | 6 | 3 | 1 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Books Frequency (f) f × books 0 2 0 1 5 5 2 8 16 3 6 18 4 3 12 5 1 5 Total 25 56 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.2 + 5 + 8 + 6 + 3 + 1 = 25
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.0 + 5 + 16 + 18 + 12 + 5 = 56
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.56 ÷ 25 = 2.24
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (0 and 5). 2.24 is. Also 2.24 × 25 = 56. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
| Score | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 5 | x | 8 | 3 |
Method. Write the total frequency and the total of (frequency × score) using x, then use the mean to make an equation.
- Write the total frequency. Add the frequencies, including x.5 + x + 8 + 3 = 16 + x
- Write the total of the scores. Multiply each score by its frequency.1 × 5 + 2 × x + 3 × 8 + 4 × 3 = 5 + 2x + 24 + 12 = 41 + 2x
- Use the mean to write an equation. mean = total of scores ÷ total frequency.(41 + 2x) ÷ (16 + x) = 2.5
- Multiply both sides by (16 + x). This removes the fraction.41 + 2x = 2.5 × (16 + x) = 40 + 2.5x
- Collect the x terms and the numbers. Take 2x and 40 from both sides.41 − 40 = 2.5x − 2x
1 = 0.5x - Solve. Divide both sides by 0.5.x = 1 ÷ 0.5 = 2
Check. With x = 2: total frequency = 18, total of scores = 41 + 4 = 45, and 45 ÷ 18 = 2.5. ✓
Watch out. The mean is the total of (frequency × score) divided by the total frequency, and both contain x.
Watch out
For the mean, divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table. And the mode is the value with the highest frequency, not the frequency.Exercise 24D Averages from frequency tables
Non-calculator(a) How many households own 2 cars? (b) What is the mode? (c) How many households have more than 2 cars? (d) Work out the mean number of cars.
Method. Find 2 on the horizontal axis and read the height of its line.
- Find the line above 2. The horizontal axis shows the number of cars.Line above 2
- Read the height. The height of the line is the frequency.10 households
Check. The frequencies 3 + 7 + 10 + 6 + 3 + 1 add to 30, the number of households. ✓
Watch out. Read the height of the line, not its position on the horizontal axis.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. The mode is the value with the highest frequency.
- Find the highest frequency. The value that occurs most often has the biggest frequency.Frequencies: 3, 7, 10, 6, 3, 1. The highest is 10.
- Read the value that goes with it. The question asks for the mode, which is the value, not the frequency.Mode = 2
Check. 2 occurs 10 times, more than any other value. ✓
Watch out. Do not give the frequency 10 as the answer. The mode is the value that has that frequency.
Method. “More than 2” means 3, 4 or 5 cars, not 2.
- Read the frequencies for 3, 4 and 5. Do not include 2.3 cars: 6, 4 cars: 3, 5 cars: 1
- Add them. 6 + 3 + 1 = 10
Check. Households with 2 or fewer cars: 3 + 7 + 10 = 20, and 20 + 10 = 30. ✓
Watch out. “More than 2” does not include 2.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Cars Frequency (f) f × cars 0 3 0 1 7 7 2 10 20 3 6 18 4 3 12 5 1 5 Total 30 62 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.3 + 7 + 10 + 6 + 3 + 1 = 30
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.0 + 7 + 20 + 18 + 12 + 5 = 62
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.62 ÷ 30 = 2.0667… = 2.1 to 1 d.p.
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (0 and 5). 2.1 is. Also 2.1 × 30 ≈ 62. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
| Value | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 3 | 6 | 8 | 3 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Value Frequency (f) f × value 1 3 3 2 6 12 3 8 24 4 3 12 Total 20 51 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.3 + 6 + 8 + 3 = 20
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.3 + 12 + 24 + 12 = 51
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.51 ÷ 20 = 2.55
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (1 and 4). 2.55 is. Also 2.55 × 20 = 51. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
| Value | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 5 | 8 | 4 | 3 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Value Frequency (f) f × value 0 5 0 1 8 8 2 4 8 3 3 9 Total 20 25 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.5 + 8 + 4 + 3 = 20
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.0 + 8 + 8 + 9 = 25
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.25 ÷ 20 = 1.25
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (0 and 3). 1.25 is. Also 1.25 × 20 = 25. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
| Value | 10 | 20 | 30 | 40 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 2 | 4 | 3 | 1 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Value Frequency (f) f × value 10 2 20 20 4 80 30 3 90 40 1 40 Total 10 230 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.2 + 4 + 3 + 1 = 10
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.20 + 80 + 90 + 40 = 230
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.230 ÷ 10 = 23
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (10 and 40). 23 is. Also 23 × 10 = 230. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
| Value | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 3 | 6 | 8 | 3 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Use a running total of the frequencies to find which value is in the middle position.
- Add up the frequencies. This is the number of values, n.3 + 6 + 8 + 3 = 20
- Find the positions of the two middle values. With an even number of values we need the two middle ones, at n ÷ 2 and n ÷ 2 + 1.20 ÷ 2 = 10, so the 10th and 11th values.
- Add a running total of the frequencies. The running total tells us which values occupy which positions when the data is in order.
Value Frequency Running total (cumulative) 1 3 3 2 6 9 3 8 17 4 3 20 - Find the 10th value. The running total first reaches 10 or more on the row for 3: that row holds positions 10 to 17.10th value = 3
- Find the 11th value. The running total first reaches 11 or more on the row for 3: that row holds positions 10 to 17.11th value = 3
Check. There are 20 values, so 10 lie below the middle (or middle pair) and the same number above. ✓
Watch out. The median is the value in the middle position, not the middle frequency or the middle row of the table.
| Value | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 5 | 8 | 4 | 3 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Use a running total of the frequencies to find which value is in the middle position.
- Add up the frequencies. This is the number of values, n.5 + 8 + 4 + 3 = 20
- Find the positions of the two middle values. With an even number of values we need the two middle ones, at n ÷ 2 and n ÷ 2 + 1.20 ÷ 2 = 10, so the 10th and 11th values.
- Add a running total of the frequencies. The running total tells us which values occupy which positions when the data is in order.
Value Frequency Running total (cumulative) 0 5 5 1 8 13 2 4 17 3 3 20 - Find the 10th value. The running total first reaches 10 or more on the row for 1: that row holds positions 6 to 13.10th value = 1
- Find the 11th value. The running total first reaches 11 or more on the row for 1: that row holds positions 6 to 13.11th value = 1
Check. There are 20 values, so 10 lie below the middle (or middle pair) and the same number above. ✓
Watch out. The median is the value in the middle position, not the middle frequency or the middle row of the table.
| Value | 2 | 4 | 6 | 8 | 10 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 1 | 4 | 7 | 5 | 3 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Use a running total of the frequencies to find which value is in the middle position.
- Add up the frequencies. This is the number of values, n.1 + 4 + 7 + 5 + 3 = 20
- Find the positions of the two middle values. With an even number of values we need the two middle ones, at n ÷ 2 and n ÷ 2 + 1.20 ÷ 2 = 10, so the 10th and 11th values.
- Add a running total of the frequencies. The running total tells us which values occupy which positions when the data is in order.
Value Frequency Running total (cumulative) 2 1 1 4 4 5 6 7 12 8 5 17 10 3 20 - Find the 10th value. The running total first reaches 10 or more on the row for 6: that row holds positions 6 to 12.10th value = 6
- Find the 11th value. The running total first reaches 11 or more on the row for 6: that row holds positions 6 to 12.11th value = 6
Check. There are 20 values, so 10 lie below the middle (or middle pair) and the same number above. ✓
Watch out. The median is the value in the middle position, not the middle frequency or the middle row of the table.
| Value | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 3 | 6 | 8 | 3 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. The mode is the value with the highest frequency.
- Find the highest frequency. The value that occurs most often has the biggest frequency.Frequencies: 3, 6, 8, 3. The highest is 8.
- Read the value that goes with it. The question asks for the mode, which is the value, not the frequency.Mode = 3
Check. 3 occurs 8 times, more than any other value. ✓
Watch out. Do not give the frequency 8 as the answer. The mode is the value that has that frequency.
| Value | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 9 | 4 | 2 | 5 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. The mode is the value with the highest frequency.
- Find the highest frequency. The value that occurs most often has the biggest frequency.Frequencies: 9, 4, 2, 5. The highest is 9.
- Read the value that goes with it. The question asks for the mode, which is the value, not the frequency.Mode = 5
Check. 5 occurs 9 times, more than any other value. ✓
Watch out. Do not give the frequency 9 as the answer. The mode is the value that has that frequency.
| Value | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 3 | 6 | 8 | 3 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value. Only look at values that actually occur (frequency more than 0).
- Find the smallest value that occurs. Ignore any row with frequency 0.Smallest = 1
- Find the biggest value that occurs. Biggest = 4
- Subtract. Biggest minus smallest.4 − 1 = 3
Check. 1 + 3 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Do not subtract the frequencies. The range uses the values.
| Value | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 9 | 4 | 2 | 5 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value. Only look at values that actually occur (frequency more than 0).
- Find the smallest value that occurs. Ignore any row with frequency 0.Smallest = 5
- Find the biggest value that occurs. Biggest = 8
- Subtract. Biggest minus smallest.8 − 5 = 3
Check. 5 + 3 = 8. ✓
Watch out. Do not subtract the frequencies. The range uses the values.
| Shoe size | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 2 | 5 | 9 | 7 | 4 | 3 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. The mode is the value with the highest frequency.
- Find the highest frequency. The value that occurs most often has the biggest frequency.Frequencies: 2, 5, 9, 7, 4, 3. The highest is 9.
- Read the value that goes with it. The question asks for the mode, which is the value, not the frequency.Mode = 5
Check. 5 occurs 9 times, more than any other value. ✓
Watch out. Do not give the frequency 9 as the answer. The mode is the value that has that frequency.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Use a running total of the frequencies to find which value is in the middle position.
- Add up the frequencies. This is the number of values, n.2 + 5 + 9 + 7 + 4 + 3 = 30
- Find the positions of the two middle values. With an even number of values we need the two middle ones, at n ÷ 2 and n ÷ 2 + 1.30 ÷ 2 = 15, so the 15th and 16th values.
- Add a running total of the frequencies. The running total tells us which values occupy which positions when the data is in order.
Shoe size Frequency Running total (cumulative) 3 2 2 4 5 7 5 9 16 6 7 23 7 4 27 8 3 30 - Find the 15th value. The running total first reaches 15 or more on the row for 5: that row holds positions 8 to 16.15th value = 5
- Find the 16th value. The running total first reaches 16 or more on the row for 5: that row holds positions 8 to 16.16th value = 5
Check. There are 30 values, so 15 lie below the middle (or middle pair) and the same number above. ✓
Watch out. The median is the value in the middle position, not the middle frequency or the middle row of the table.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value. Only look at values that actually occur (frequency more than 0).
- Find the smallest value that occurs. Ignore any row with frequency 0.Smallest = 3
- Find the biggest value that occurs. Biggest = 8
- Subtract. Biggest minus smallest.8 − 3 = 5
Check. 3 + 5 = 8. ✓
Watch out. Do not subtract the frequencies. The range uses the values.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Shoe size Frequency (f) f × shoe size 3 2 6 4 5 20 5 9 45 6 7 42 7 4 28 8 3 24 Total 30 165 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.2 + 5 + 9 + 7 + 4 + 3 = 30
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.6 + 20 + 45 + 42 + 28 + 24 = 165
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.165 ÷ 30 = 5.5
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (3 and 8). 5.5 is. Also 5.5 × 30 = 165. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
| Goals | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Matches | 4 | 9 | 8 | 5 | 3 | 1 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Goals Frequency (f) f × goals 0 4 0 1 9 9 2 8 16 3 5 15 4 3 12 5 1 5 Total 30 57 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.4 + 9 + 8 + 5 + 3 + 1 = 30
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.0 + 9 + 16 + 15 + 12 + 5 = 57
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.57 ÷ 30 = 1.90
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (0 and 5). 1.90 is. Also 1.90 × 30 = 57. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
| Passengers per car | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Cars | 9 | 14 | ? | 6 |
Method. The frequencies must add up to the total number of cars, 40.
- Add the known frequencies. 9 + 14 + 6 = 29
- Subtract from the total. What is left is the missing frequency.40 − 29 = 11
Check. 9 + 14 + 11 + 6 = 40. ✓
Watch out. Subtract from the total; do not add 40 to the other frequencies.
Method. Multiply each number of passengers by the number of cars, then add.
- Work out each row. Passengers × cars.1 × 9 = 9
2 × 14 = 28
3 × 11 = 33
4 × 6 = 24 - Add. 9 + 28 + 33 + 24 = 94
Check. 94 ÷ 40 = 2.35 passengers per car, a sensible value between 1 and 4. ✓
Watch out. Use the completed table with the missing frequency 11.
Class A
| Siblings | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 6 | 9 | 3 | 2 |
| Siblings | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 4 | 6 | 7 | 3 |
Method. Work out the mean for each class and compare them.
- Class A: find the totals. Multiply each number of siblings by its frequency and add; add the frequencies.Total siblings: 0×6 + 1×9 + 2×3 + 3×2 = 21
Students: 6 + 9 + 3 + 2 = 20 - Class A: divide. mean = total ÷ students.21 ÷ 20 = 1.05
- Class B: find the totals. Do the same for Class B.Total siblings: 0×4 + 1×6 + 2×7 + 3×3 = 29
Students: 4 + 6 + 7 + 3 = 20 - Class B: divide. 29 ÷ 20 = 1.45
- Compare. 1.45 is bigger than 1.05, so Class B has the higher mean.
Check. Class B has fewer students with no siblings and more with 2 or 3, so a higher mean is sensible. ✓
Watch out. Compare the means, not the totals: the classes are different sizes.
| Value | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 3 | 8 | 6 | 3 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Find Jon’s mistake. He treated every value as though it occurred once. But 2 occurs 8 times, and 3 occurs 6 times.Jon ignored the frequencies.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Value Frequency (f) f × value 1 3 3 2 8 16 3 6 18 4 3 12 Total 20 49 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.3 + 8 + 6 + 3 = 20
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.3 + 16 + 18 + 12 = 49
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.49 ÷ 20 = 2.45
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (1 and 4). 2.45 is. Also 2.45 × 20 = 49. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
| Texts | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 4 | 6 | 7 | 2 | 1 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Texts Frequency (f) f × texts 1 4 4 2 6 12 3 7 21 4 2 8 5 1 5 Total 20 50 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.4 + 6 + 7 + 2 + 1 = 20
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.4 + 12 + 21 + 8 + 5 = 50
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.50 ÷ 20 = 2.5
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (1 and 5). 2.5 is. Also 2.5 × 20 = 50. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
Method. Find the mean from part (a), then add the frequencies of the values bigger than it.
- Recall the mean. From part (a).mean = 2.5
- Find values bigger than the mean. These are the values 3, 4 and 5 (2 is below the mean).3 texts: 7, 4 texts: 2, 5 texts: 1
- Add the frequencies. 7 + 2 + 1 = 10
Check. Students with 1 or 2 texts: 4 + 6 = 10, and 10 + 10 = 20. ✓
Watch out. Compare each value with the mean, then add the frequencies (not the values).
| Score | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 4 | x | 6 | 3 |
Method. Write the total frequency and total score using x, then make an equation using the mean.
- Total frequency. Add the frequencies, including x.4 + x + 6 + 3 = 13 + x
- Total score. Multiply each score by its frequency and add.1 × 4 + 2x + 3 × 6 + 4 × 3 = 4 + 2x + 18 + 12 = 34 + 2x
- Write the equation. mean = total score ÷ total frequency.(34 + 2x) ÷ (13 + x) = 2.4
- Multiply both sides by (13 + x). This removes the fraction.34 + 2x = 2.4 × 13 + 2.4x = 31.2 + 2.4x
- Collect terms. Subtract 2x and 31.2 from both sides.34 − 31.2 = 2.4x − 2x
2.8 = 0.4x - Solve. Divide both sides by 0.4.x = 2.8 ÷ 0.4 = 7
Check. With x = 7: total frequency = 20, total score = 34 + 14 = 48, and 48 ÷ 20 = 2.4. ✓
Watch out. Remember the unknown x appears in both the total frequency and the total score.
Method. Make two equations, one from the total frequency and one from the mean, and solve them together.
- Use the total frequency. The frequencies add up to 20.3 + a + b + 4 + 2 = 20, so a + b = 11
- Find the total score from the mean. total = mean × 20.2.85 × 20 = 57
- Write the total score using a and b. Multiply each score by its frequency.1 × 3 + 2a + 3b + 4 × 4 + 5 × 2 = 29 + 2a + 3b
- Write the second equation. This must equal 57.29 + 2a + 3b = 57, so 2a + 3b = 28
- Eliminate a. Double the first equation (2a + 2b = 22) and subtract it from the second.(2a + 3b) − (2a + 2b) = 28 − 22
b = 6 - Find a. Use a + b = 11.a = 11 − 6 = 5
Check. Total score = 3 + 10 + 18 + 16 + 10 = 57 and 57 ÷ 20 = 2.85. ✓
Watch out. You need two equations for two unknowns.
Method. Use a very large value with a small frequency, so that it pulls the mean up but does not make it the mode.
- Choose the table. Make 3 the most frequent value, and include a big value such as 10.
Value 1 2 3 10 Frequency 1 2 5 2 - Check the mode. The highest frequency is 5, for the value 3.Mode = 3
- Work out the mean. Total of (frequency × value) ÷ total frequency.(1×1 + 2×2 + 3×5 + 10×2) ÷ 10 = 40 ÷ 10 = 4
Check. The mean 4 is bigger than the mode 3, because the two 10s pull it up. ✓
Watch out. The mean and the mode are different kinds of average and do not have to be equal.
| Rooms | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Houses | 3 | 6 | 9 | 5 | 2 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Rooms Frequency (f) f × rooms 2 3 6 3 6 18 4 9 36 5 5 25 6 2 12 Total 25 97 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.3 + 6 + 9 + 5 + 2 = 25
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.6 + 18 + 36 + 25 + 12 = 97
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.97 ÷ 25 = 3.88
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (2 and 6). 3.88 is. Also 3.88 × 25 = 97. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Use a running total of the frequencies to find which value is in the middle position.
- Add up the frequencies. This is the number of values, n.3 + 6 + 9 + 5 + 2 = 25
- Find the position of the median. The median is the middle value of the data in order: position (n + 1) ÷ 2.(25 + 1) ÷ 2 = 13, so the 13th value.
- Add a running total of the frequencies. The running total tells us which values occupy which positions when the data is in order.
Rooms Frequency Running total (cumulative) 2 3 3 3 6 9 4 9 18 5 5 23 6 2 25 - Find the 13th value. The running total first reaches 13 or more on the row for 4: that row holds positions 10 to 18.13th value = 4
Check. There are 25 values, so 12 lie below the middle (or middle pair) and the same number above. ✓
Watch out. The median is the value in the middle position, not the middle frequency or the middle row of the table.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. The mode is the value with the highest frequency.
- Find the highest frequency. The value that occurs most often has the biggest frequency.Frequencies: 3, 6, 9, 5, 2. The highest is 9.
- Read the value that goes with it. The question asks for the mode, which is the value, not the frequency.Mode = 4
Check. 4 occurs 9 times, more than any other value. ✓
Watch out. Do not give the frequency 9 as the answer. The mode is the value that has that frequency.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value. Only look at values that actually occur (frequency more than 0).
- Find the smallest value that occurs. Ignore any row with frequency 0.Smallest = 2
- Find the biggest value that occurs. Biggest = 6
- Subtract. Biggest minus smallest.6 − 2 = 4
Check. 2 + 4 = 6. ✓
Watch out. Do not subtract the frequencies. The range uses the values.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Work out the mean and the range of each table, then compare them.
- Mean of table A. Total of (frequency × value) ÷ total frequency.(2 × 1 + 3 × 8 + 4 × 1) ÷ 10 = 30 ÷ 10 = 3
- Mean of table B. Do the same.(1 × 3 + 3 × 4 + 5 × 3) ÷ 10 = 30 ÷ 10 = 3
- Find the ranges. Largest value minus smallest value.Table A: 4 − 2 = 2
Table B: 5 − 1 = 4 - Conclude. The means are equal (3) but the ranges are different (2 and 4).
Check. Table A is bunched around 3 and table B is more spread out, which agrees with the ranges. ✓
Watch out. The same mean can come from data with very different spreads.
Averages from grouped frequency tables
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
When data covers a wide range (heights, times, masses), it is put into classes (groups) in a grouped frequency table. For example, 12 students with heights between 150 cm and 160 cm are all in one class. The table tells us how many values are in each class, but we lose the exact values.
Because we no longer know the exact values, we cannot work out the exact mean, median or range. We can find: the modal class (the class with the highest frequency), the class that contains the median, and an estimate of the mean. To estimate the mean, we pretend that every value in a class is at the midpoint of the class. The midpoint is halfway between the two ends: add them and divide by 2. Then use the same method as for a frequency table: multiply the frequency by the midpoint, add up, and divide by the total frequency.
Median class. Add up the frequencies to find n, work out the position of the middle value (n + 1) ÷ 2, then add a running total of the frequencies. The median class is the class where the running total first reaches that position.
Key ideas
- The modal class is the class with the highest frequency (when the classes have equal width).
- Midpoint of a class = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.
- Estimated mean = total of (frequency × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.
- The median class contains the value at position (n + 1) ÷ 2: use a running total of frequencies.
- Grouped data gives only estimates, because the exact values are not known.
| Height | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 140 < h ≤ 150 cm | 4 |
| 150 < h ≤ 160 cm | 10 |
| 160 < h ≤ 170 cm | 14 |
| 170 < h ≤ 180 cm | 8 |
| 180 < h ≤ 190 cm | 4 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(140 + 150) ÷ 2 = 145
(150 + 160) ÷ 2 = 155
(160 + 170) ÷ 2 = 165
(170 + 180) ÷ 2 = 175
(180 + 190) ÷ 2 = 185 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Height Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 140 < h ≤ 150 cm 4 145 580 150 < h ≤ 160 cm 10 155 1550 160 < h ≤ 170 cm 14 165 2310 170 < h ≤ 180 cm 8 175 1400 180 < h ≤ 190 cm 4 185 740 Total 40 6580 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 40
Total of f × midpoint = 6580 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.6580 ÷ 40 = 164.5 cm
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 140 to 190, and 164.5 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
(a) Modal class.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The modal class is the class with the highest frequency.
- Look down the frequency column for the biggest number. The class that has the most values is the modal class.Frequencies: 4, 10, 14, 8, 4. The highest is 14.
- Read the class that goes with it. The answer is the class, not the frequency.Modal class = 160 < h ≤ 170 cm
Check. No other class has as many as 14 values. ✓
Watch out. Give the class (the group), not the frequency.
(b) Median class.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The median class is the class that contains the middle value.
- Find the total frequency. This is the number of values.4 + 10 + 14 + 8 + 4 = 40
- Find the position of the middle value. Middle position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(40 + 1) ÷ 2 = 20.5
- Add a running total column. The running total shows how many values are in each class and all the classes before it.
Class Frequency Running total 140 < h ≤ 150 cm 4 4 150 < h ≤ 160 cm 10 14 160 < h ≤ 170 cm 14 28 170 < h ≤ 180 cm 8 36 180 < h ≤ 190 cm 4 40 - Find the class where the running total first reaches that position. Positions 15 to 28 are in this class, and 20.5 is one of them.Median class = 160 < h ≤ 170 cm
Check. Before this class there are 14 values, and 20.5 is more than that, but not more than 28. ✓
Watch out. The answer is the class, not a number. We cannot find the exact median from grouped data.
| Texts | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0–4 | 3 |
| 5–9 | 8 |
| 10–14 | 12 |
| 15–19 | 5 |
| 20–24 | 2 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(0 + 4) ÷ 2 = 2
(5 + 9) ÷ 2 = 7
(10 + 14) ÷ 2 = 12
(15 + 19) ÷ 2 = 17
(20 + 24) ÷ 2 = 22 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Texts Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 0–4 3 2 6 5–9 8 7 56 10–14 12 12 144 15–19 5 17 85 20–24 2 22 44 Total 30 335 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 30
Total of f × midpoint = 335 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.335 ÷ 30 = 11.1667… = 11.2 to 1 d.p.
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 0 to 24, and 11.2 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Think about what information is missing when data is grouped.
- Recall what grouped data tells us. We know how many heights are in each class, but not where in the class each height is.For example, the 14 students in 160 < h ≤ 170 could be anywhere from just above 160 to 170.
- Recall what we did to find the mean. We used the midpoint of each class, which is a guess.The midpoint is an assumption.
- Conclude. The answer depends on the assumption, so it is an estimate, not the exact mean.Alex is wrong.
Check. If all 14 students in a class were at the bottom of the class, the true mean would be lower. ✓
Watch out. Grouped data gives an estimate. Say “estimate” in your answer.
Watch out
For grouped data multiply the frequency by the midpoint of the class, and divide by the total frequency. Do not use the class limits, and do not divide by the number of classes. The answer is only an estimate.Exercise 24E Averages from grouped frequency tables
Calculator allowed| Class | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < x ≤ 10 | 5 |
| 10 < x ≤ 20 | 9 |
| 20 < x ≤ 30 | 4 |
| 30 < x ≤ 40 | 2 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The modal class is the class with the highest frequency.
- Look down the frequency column for the biggest number. The class that has the most values is the modal class.Frequencies: 5, 9, 4, 2. The highest is 9.
- Read the class that goes with it. The answer is the class, not the frequency.Modal class = 10 < x ≤ 20
Check. No other class has as many as 9 values. ✓
Watch out. Give the class (the group), not the frequency.
| Class | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 10 < x ≤ 20 | 6 |
| 20 < x ≤ 30 | 12 |
| 30 < x ≤ 40 | 8 |
| 40 < x ≤ 50 | 4 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The modal class is the class with the highest frequency.
- Look down the frequency column for the biggest number. The class that has the most values is the modal class.Frequencies: 6, 12, 8, 4. The highest is 12.
- Read the class that goes with it. The answer is the class, not the frequency.Modal class = 20 < x ≤ 30
Check. No other class has as many as 12 values. ✓
Watch out. Give the class (the group), not the frequency.
| Class | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 100 < x ≤ 120 | 8 |
| 120 < x ≤ 140 | 10 |
| 140 < x ≤ 160 | 15 |
| 160 < x ≤ 180 | 7 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The modal class is the class with the highest frequency.
- Look down the frequency column for the biggest number. The class that has the most values is the modal class.Frequencies: 8, 10, 15, 7. The highest is 15.
- Read the class that goes with it. The answer is the class, not the frequency.Modal class = 140 < x ≤ 160
Check. No other class has as many as 15 values. ✓
Watch out. Give the class (the group), not the frequency.
| Class | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < x ≤ 10 | 5 |
| 10 < x ≤ 20 | 9 |
| 20 < x ≤ 30 | 4 |
| 30 < x ≤ 40 | 2 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The median class is the class that contains the middle value.
- Find the total frequency. This is the number of values.5 + 9 + 4 + 2 = 20
- Find the position of the middle value. Middle position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(20 + 1) ÷ 2 = 10.5
- Add a running total column. The running total shows how many values are in each class and all the classes before it.
Class Frequency Running total 0 < x ≤ 10 5 5 10 < x ≤ 20 9 14 20 < x ≤ 30 4 18 30 < x ≤ 40 2 20 - Find the class where the running total first reaches that position. Positions 6 to 14 are in this class, and 10.5 is one of them.Median class = 10 < x ≤ 20
Check. Before this class there are 5 values, and 10.5 is more than that, but not more than 14. ✓
Watch out. The answer is the class, not a number. We cannot find the exact median from grouped data.
| Class | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 10 < x ≤ 20 | 6 |
| 20 < x ≤ 30 | 12 |
| 30 < x ≤ 40 | 8 |
| 40 < x ≤ 50 | 4 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The median class is the class that contains the middle value.
- Find the total frequency. This is the number of values.6 + 12 + 8 + 4 = 30
- Find the position of the middle value. Middle position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(30 + 1) ÷ 2 = 15.5
- Add a running total column. The running total shows how many values are in each class and all the classes before it.
Class Frequency Running total 10 < x ≤ 20 6 6 20 < x ≤ 30 12 18 30 < x ≤ 40 8 26 40 < x ≤ 50 4 30 - Find the class where the running total first reaches that position. Positions 7 to 18 are in this class, and 15.5 is one of them.Median class = 20 < x ≤ 30
Check. Before this class there are 6 values, and 15.5 is more than that, but not more than 18. ✓
Watch out. The answer is the class, not a number. We cannot find the exact median from grouped data.
| Class | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 100 < x ≤ 120 | 8 |
| 120 < x ≤ 140 | 10 |
| 140 < x ≤ 160 | 15 |
| 160 < x ≤ 180 | 7 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The median class is the class that contains the middle value.
- Find the total frequency. This is the number of values.8 + 10 + 15 + 7 = 40
- Find the position of the middle value. Middle position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(40 + 1) ÷ 2 = 20.5
- Add a running total column. The running total shows how many values are in each class and all the classes before it.
Class Frequency Running total 100 < x ≤ 120 8 8 120 < x ≤ 140 10 18 140 < x ≤ 160 15 33 160 < x ≤ 180 7 40 - Find the class where the running total first reaches that position. Positions 19 to 33 are in this class, and 20.5 is one of them.Median class = 140 < x ≤ 160
Check. Before this class there are 18 values, and 20.5 is more than that, but not more than 33. ✓
Watch out. The answer is the class, not a number. We cannot find the exact median from grouped data.
| Class | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < x ≤ 10 | 5 |
| 10 < x ≤ 20 | 9 |
| 20 < x ≤ 30 | 4 |
| 30 < x ≤ 40 | 2 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(0 + 10) ÷ 2 = 5
(10 + 20) ÷ 2 = 15
(20 + 30) ÷ 2 = 25
(30 + 40) ÷ 2 = 35 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Class Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 0 < x ≤ 10 5 5 25 10 < x ≤ 20 9 15 135 20 < x ≤ 30 4 25 100 30 < x ≤ 40 2 35 70 Total 20 330 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 20
Total of f × midpoint = 330 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.330 ÷ 20 = 16.5
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 0 to 40, and 16.5 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
| Class | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 10 < x ≤ 20 | 6 |
| 20 < x ≤ 30 | 12 |
| 30 < x ≤ 40 | 8 |
| 40 < x ≤ 50 | 4 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(10 + 20) ÷ 2 = 15
(20 + 30) ÷ 2 = 25
(30 + 40) ÷ 2 = 35
(40 + 50) ÷ 2 = 45 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Class Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 10 < x ≤ 20 6 15 90 20 < x ≤ 30 12 25 300 30 < x ≤ 40 8 35 280 40 < x ≤ 50 4 45 180 Total 30 850 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 30
Total of f × midpoint = 850 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.850 ÷ 30 = 28.3333… = 28.3 to 1 d.p.
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 10 to 50, and 28.3 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
| Class | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 100 < x ≤ 120 | 8 |
| 120 < x ≤ 140 | 10 |
| 140 < x ≤ 160 | 15 |
| 160 < x ≤ 180 | 7 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(100 + 120) ÷ 2 = 110
(120 + 140) ÷ 2 = 130
(140 + 160) ÷ 2 = 150
(160 + 180) ÷ 2 = 170 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Class Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 100 < x ≤ 120 8 110 880 120 < x ≤ 140 10 130 1300 140 < x ≤ 160 15 150 2250 160 < x ≤ 180 7 170 1190 Total 40 5620 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 40
Total of f × midpoint = 5620 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.5620 ÷ 40 = 140.5
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 100 to 180, and 140.5 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
| Waiting time | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < t ≤ 10 min | 3 |
| 10 < t ≤ 20 min | 8 |
| 20 < t ≤ 30 min | 14 |
| 30 < t ≤ 40 min | 10 |
| 40 < t ≤ 50 min | 5 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The modal class is the class with the highest frequency.
- Look down the frequency column for the biggest number. The class that has the most values is the modal class.Frequencies: 3, 8, 14, 10, 5. The highest is 14.
- Read the class that goes with it. The answer is the class, not the frequency.Modal class = 20 < t ≤ 30 min
Check. No other class has as many as 14 values. ✓
Watch out. Give the class (the group), not the frequency.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The median class is the class that contains the middle value.
- Find the total frequency. This is the number of values.3 + 8 + 14 + 10 + 5 = 40
- Find the position of the middle value. Middle position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(40 + 1) ÷ 2 = 20.5
- Add a running total column. The running total shows how many values are in each class and all the classes before it.
Class Frequency Running total 0 < t ≤ 10 min 3 3 10 < t ≤ 20 min 8 11 20 < t ≤ 30 min 14 25 30 < t ≤ 40 min 10 35 40 < t ≤ 50 min 5 40 - Find the class where the running total first reaches that position. Positions 12 to 25 are in this class, and 20.5 is one of them.Median class = 20 < t ≤ 30 min
Check. Before this class there are 11 values, and 20.5 is more than that, but not more than 25. ✓
Watch out. The answer is the class, not a number. We cannot find the exact median from grouped data.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(0 + 10) ÷ 2 = 5
(10 + 20) ÷ 2 = 15
(20 + 30) ÷ 2 = 25
(30 + 40) ÷ 2 = 35
(40 + 50) ÷ 2 = 45 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Waiting time Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 0 < t ≤ 10 min 3 5 15 10 < t ≤ 20 min 8 15 120 20 < t ≤ 30 min 14 25 350 30 < t ≤ 40 min 10 35 350 40 < t ≤ 50 min 5 45 225 Total 40 1060 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 40
Total of f × midpoint = 1060 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.1060 ÷ 40 = 26.5 min
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 0 to 50, and 26.5 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
| Goals | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0–4 | 6 |
| 5–9 | 9 |
| 10–14 | 7 |
| 15–19 | 3 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(0 + 4) ÷ 2 = 2
(5 + 9) ÷ 2 = 7
(10 + 14) ÷ 2 = 12
(15 + 19) ÷ 2 = 17 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Goals Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 0–4 6 2 12 5–9 9 7 63 10–14 7 12 84 15–19 3 17 51 Total 25 210 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 25
Total of f × midpoint = 210 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.210 ÷ 25 = 8.4
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 0 to 19, and 8.4 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
| Length | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < t ≤ 10 min | 6 |
| 10 < t ≤ 30 min | 10 |
| 30 < t ≤ 60 min | 4 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(0 + 10) ÷ 2 = 5
(10 + 30) ÷ 2 = 20
(30 + 60) ÷ 2 = 45 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Length Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 0 < t ≤ 10 min 6 5 30 10 < t ≤ 30 min 10 20 200 30 < t ≤ 60 min 4 45 180 Total 20 410 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 20
Total of f × midpoint = 410 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.410 ÷ 20 = 20.5 min
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 0 to 60, and 20.5 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.12 + 18 + 21 + 25 + 27 + 31 + 34 + 36 + 41 + 45 = 290
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 10 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.290 ÷ 10 = 29
Check. Multiply back: 29 × 10 = 290, which is the total. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(10 + 20) ÷ 2 = 15
(20 + 30) ÷ 2 = 25
(30 + 40) ÷ 2 = 35
(40 + 50) ÷ 2 = 45 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Age Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 10 ≤ a < 20 years 2 15 30 20 ≤ a < 30 years 3 25 75 30 ≤ a < 40 years 3 35 105 40 ≤ a < 50 years 2 45 90 Total 10 300 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 10
Total of f × midpoint = 300 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.300 ÷ 10 = 30
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 10 to 50, and 30 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Put the two answers side by side.
- Write both answers. Exact mean = 29
Estimate = 30 - Find the difference. The estimate uses midpoints rather than the real ages.1 apart
- Comment. The estimate is close, but not equal, because grouping loses the exact values.The estimate is close to the true mean but not the same.
Check. The estimate is within a few years of the true mean. ✓
Watch out. The estimate can be higher or lower than the true mean.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Think about what a grouped table tells us and what it hides.
- What does the table show? It shows only how many values are in each class.For example, 14 values are between 160 and 170.
- What is missing? We cannot tell where in the class each value lies, so we cannot say which value is exactly in the middle or exactly the biggest or smallest.The exact values are lost.
Check. We can only say which class the median is in. ✓
Watch out. Use “estimate” for the mean, and “class” for the median.
| Mass | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < m ≤ 20 g | 8 |
| 20 < m ≤ 40 g | 18 |
| 40 < m ≤ 60 g | 14 |
| 60 < m ≤ 80 g | 10 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The median class is the class that contains the middle value.
- Find the total frequency. This is the number of values.8 + 18 + 14 + 10 = 50
- Find the position of the middle value. Middle position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(50 + 1) ÷ 2 = 25.5
- Add a running total column. The running total shows how many values are in each class and all the classes before it.
Class Frequency Running total 0 < m ≤ 20 g 8 8 20 < m ≤ 40 g 18 26 40 < m ≤ 60 g 14 40 60 < m ≤ 80 g 10 50 - Find the class where the running total first reaches that position. Positions 9 to 26 are in this class, and 25.5 is one of them.Median class = 20 < m ≤ 40 g
Check. Before this class there are 8 values, and 25.5 is more than that, but not more than 26. ✓
Watch out. The answer is the class, not a number. We cannot find the exact median from grouped data.
Method. “More than 40 g” means the classes 40 < m ≤ 60 and 60 < m ≤ 80.
- Pick the classes above 40 g. 40 < m ≤ 60: 14
60 < m ≤ 80: 10 - Add. 14 + 10 = 24
Check. Parcels up to 40 g: 8 + 18 = 26, and 26 + 24 = 50. ✓
Watch out. Read the class boundaries carefully.
Method. Find the number in the first class, write it as a fraction of 50, then as a percentage.
- Find the number of parcels that weigh up to 20 g. This is the first class.8
- Write as a fraction of 50. 850
- Convert to a percentage. Multiply by 2, so that the denominator is 100.850 = 16100 = 16%
Check. 16% of 50 = 0.16 × 50 = 8. ✓
Watch out. The whole is the total of all the frequencies (50).
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(0 + 20) ÷ 2 = 10
(20 + 40) ÷ 2 = 30
(40 + 60) ÷ 2 = 50 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Class Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 0 < x ≤ 20 8 10 80 20 < x ≤ 40 14 30 420 40 < x ≤ 60 18 50 900 Total 40 1400 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 40
Total of f × midpoint = 1400 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.1400 ÷ 40 = 35.0
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 0 to 60, and 35.0 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
Method. Use the midpoints to write the total of (frequency × midpoint) and the total frequency, then use the mean to form an equation.
- Find the midpoints. (lower + upper) ÷ 2.Class 1: (0 + 20) ÷ 2 = 10
Class 2: (20 + 40) ÷ 2 = 30 - Write the total of frequency × midpoint. Multiply each frequency by its midpoint.10 × 10 + f × 30 = 100 + 30f
- Write the total frequency. Add the frequencies.10 + f
- Form the equation. mean = total ÷ total frequency.(100 + 30f) ÷ (10 + f) = 20
- Multiply both sides by (10 + f). This removes the fraction.100 + 30f = 200 + 20f
- Collect terms and solve. Subtract 20f and 100 from both sides, then divide by 10.10f = 100
f = 10
Check. With f = 10: (100 + 300) ÷ 20 = 20, which is the mean in the equation. ✓
Watch out. Use the midpoints, and put the unknown in both the total and the total frequency.
| Time | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 40 < t ≤ 50 s | 3 |
| 50 < t ≤ 60 s | 9 |
| 60 < t ≤ 70 s | 12 |
| 70 < t ≤ 80 s | 6 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The modal class is the class with the highest frequency.
- Look down the frequency column for the biggest number. The class that has the most values is the modal class.Frequencies: 3, 9, 12, 6. The highest is 12.
- Read the class that goes with it. The answer is the class, not the frequency.Modal class = 60 < t ≤ 70 s
Check. No other class has as many as 12 values. ✓
Watch out. Give the class (the group), not the frequency.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The median class is the class that contains the middle value.
- Find the total frequency. This is the number of values.3 + 9 + 12 + 6 = 30
- Find the position of the middle value. Middle position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(30 + 1) ÷ 2 = 15.5
- Add a running total column. The running total shows how many values are in each class and all the classes before it.
Class Frequency Running total 40 < t ≤ 50 s 3 3 50 < t ≤ 60 s 9 12 60 < t ≤ 70 s 12 24 70 < t ≤ 80 s 6 30 - Find the class where the running total first reaches that position. Positions 13 to 24 are in this class, and 15.5 is one of them.Median class = 60 < t ≤ 70 s
Check. Before this class there are 12 values, and 15.5 is more than that, but not more than 24. ✓
Watch out. The answer is the class, not a number. We cannot find the exact median from grouped data.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(40 + 50) ÷ 2 = 45
(50 + 60) ÷ 2 = 55
(60 + 70) ÷ 2 = 65
(70 + 80) ÷ 2 = 75 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Time Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 40 < t ≤ 50 s 3 45 135 50 < t ≤ 60 s 9 55 495 60 < t ≤ 70 s 12 65 780 70 < t ≤ 80 s 6 75 450 Total 30 1860 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 30
Total of f × midpoint = 1860 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.1860 ÷ 30 = 62 s
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 40 to 80, and 62 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The total of all the values is the mean multiplied by the number of values.
- Recall the estimated mean. From the last question.Estimated mean = 62 s
- Multiply by the number of runners. total = mean × number of values.62 × 30 = 1860 seconds
Check. Dividing back: 1860 ÷ 30 = 62. ✓
Watch out. This total is also only an estimate, because the mean was an estimate.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Think about what information is still missing when data is grouped.
- Recall the method. We assume every value is at the midpoint of its class.The midpoint is an assumption.
- Think about narrow classes. With narrow classes the midpoint is closer to the real values, so the estimate is better.The error gets smaller.
- Conclude. The exact values are still unknown, so the answer is still an estimate.Lee is wrong.
Check. Only the original list of data gives the exact mean. ✓
Watch out. Say “estimate” for the mean of grouped data.
Bar charts, pictograms and line charts
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Charts turn a table of numbers into a picture, so patterns are easier to see. The right chart depends on the type of data. Bar charts and pictograms are used for categorical data and for discrete data. A vertical line chart (see Section 24.4) is used for discrete numerical data.
Bar charts. The bars have equal widths with gaps between them, because the categories are separate. The height of a bar shows the frequency. Both axes must be labelled and the vertical scale needs equal steps starting at 0. To read a bar, find its top and read across to the scale.
Dual bar charts show two groups side by side, and composite bar charts stack the groups on top of each other so that the total height shows the whole. Either way, a key shows what each colour means.
Pictograms use a picture or symbol to stand for a number of items. There must be a key that says what one symbol stands for. A part of a symbol stands for a part of that number: a half symbol is half the value. To find the number of symbols for a frequency, divide the frequency by the value of one symbol.
Misleading charts. Charts can give a false impression. Watch for: a vertical axis that does not start at 0 (the bars look very different when the values are almost the same); a scale that is not evenly spaced; bars of different widths; missing labels or titles; and 3-D effects. Always look at the numbers on the axis before you decide what a chart shows.
Key ideas
- Bar chart: equal-width bars with gaps; height = frequency; equal scale starting at 0; label both axes.
- Dual and composite bar charts compare groups; use the key.
- Pictogram: always use a key. Number of symbols = frequency ÷ value of one symbol.
- Vertical line chart: discrete numerical data; the height of each line is the frequency.
- Be suspicious of charts whose axes do not start at 0 or whose scales are uneven.
(a) Which fruit is the most popular? (b) How many more students chose apple than banana? (c) How many students chose pear or grape?
Method. Read the height of each bar against the vertical scale, then use the numbers.
- (a) Find the tallest bar. The tallest bar has the highest frequency, so it is the most popular.Apple is tallest, with frequency 12. The most popular fruit is apple.
- (b) Read the apple and banana bars. Read across from the top of each bar.Apple = 12, banana = 9
- Subtract. “How many more” means take away.12 − 9 = 3
- (c) Read the pear and grape bars and add. “Or” means add the two frequencies.Pear = 5, grape = 6
5 + 6 = 11
Check. The bars add to 40, the number of students: 12 + 9 + 8 + 6 + 5. ✓
Watch out. Read the height on the vertical scale, not the position along the bottom.
(a) How many books were borrowed on Thursday? (b) How many books were borrowed altogether? (c) How many more were borrowed on Tuesday than on Wednesday?
Method. Use the key: each whole symbol is 4 books and each half symbol is 2 books.
- (a) Count the symbols on Thursday. Thursday has 3 whole symbols and one half symbol.3 × 4 + 2 = 12 + 2 = 14 books
- (b) Work out each day. Do the same for each row.Monday: 3 × 4 = 12
Tuesday: 4 × 4 + 2 = 18
Wednesday: 2 × 4 + 2 = 10
Thursday: 14 - Add the days. 12 + 18 + 10 + 14 = 54 books
- (c) Compare Tuesday and Wednesday. Subtract.18 − 10 = 8 books
Check. Total symbols: 3 + 4.5 + 2.5 + 3.5 = 13.5, and 13.5 × 4 = 54. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget the key. A half symbol is half of the value of a whole symbol, here 2.
(a) How many boys chose science? (b) Which subject did more girls than boys choose by the largest amount? (c) How many students are in the year group?
Method. Read the blue bars for the boys and the orange bars for the girls. Use the key.
- (a) Read the blue bar for science. Blue stands for boys.10 boys
- (b) Find the differences girls − boys for each subject. Compare the two bars in each pair.Maths: 6 − 8 = -2
Science: 9 − 10 = -1
English: 9 − 5 = 4
Art: 6 − 3 = 3 - Pick the largest positive difference. This is the subject where girls beat boys by the most.English (4 more girls)
- (c) Add every bar. Each student chose one subject, so every bar counts different students.Boys: 8 + 10 + 5 + 3 = 26
Girls: 6 + 9 + 9 + 6 = 30
26 + 30 = 56
Check. Girls − boys: Maths −2, Science −1, English +4, Art +3. The largest is English. ✓
Watch out. Check which colour is which in the key before you read the bars.
| Transport | Frequency |
|---|---|
| Bus | 14 |
| Walk | 9 |
| Car | 7 |
| Cycle | 4 |
Method. Draw two axes, choose an even scale, then draw one bar for each category. All the bars must have the same width, with equal gaps between them.
- Choose a scale for the vertical axis. The biggest frequency is 14, so the axis must go up to at least 14. Use equal steps, such as 5.Vertical axis: 0 to 15 in steps of 5
- Label both axes and give the chart a title. The reader must know what each axis shows.Horizontal axis: Method of travel. Vertical axis: Number of students.
- Draw one bar for each category. The height of each bar is its frequency, read against the vertical scale.Bus: height 14
Walk: height 9
Car: height 7
Cycle: height 4 - Check against the table. Every bar should match its frequency.
Check. Each bar’s height matches the table. ✓
Watch out. Bars must have equal widths and the vertical scale must start at 0 and have equal steps.
Explain why the chart is misleading.
Method. Compare what the chart looks like with what the numbers say.
- Look at the bars. The bar for Phone B looks much taller than the bar for Phone A. Measuring from the axis at 80 gives heights 2 and 5.Heights: Phone A = 82 − 80 = 2, Phone B = 85 − 80 = 5. The bar for B looks 2.5 times as tall.
- Look at the actual numbers. The sales are almost the same.85 ÷ 82 = 1.037: Phone B sold only about 4% more.
- Find the cause. The vertical axis does not start at 0, so the bars do not show the true sizes.The axis should start at 0.
Check. If the axis started at 0 the bars would be almost equal in height. ✓
Watch out. Always check where the scale starts.
Watch out
Always check the key and the scale before reading a chart. A pictogram symbol rarely stands for 1, and a chart with an axis that does not start at 0 can mislead.Exercise 24F Bar charts, pictograms and line charts
Non-calculator(a) How many students have a cat? (b) Which is the most common pet? (c) How many more students have a dog than a rabbit? (d) How many students are there in the class? (e) What fraction of the class have a fish? Give your answer in its simplest form.
Method. Find the cat bar and read its height.
- Find the bar labelled Cat. The second bar
- Read the height on the vertical axis. The scale goes up in steps of 5, so read between the lines carefully.12
Check. The cat bar is lower than the dog bar and higher than the fish bar. ✓
Watch out. Read the top of the bar against the vertical scale.
Method. The most common pet has the tallest bar.
- Find the tallest bar. Tallest means highest frequency.Dog, with 15
- Write the answer. Dog
Check. No other bar is as tall. ✓
Watch out. The answer is the pet, not the frequency.
Method. Read both bars, then subtract.
- Read the dog and rabbit bars. Dog = 15, rabbit = 6
- Subtract. “How many more” means take away.15 − 6 = 9
Check. 6 + 9 = 15. ✓
Watch out. Subtract the smaller from the larger.
Method. Each student owns one type of pet in this chart, so add all the bars.
- Read every bar. Dog 15 , Cat 12 , Rabbit 6 , Fish 9 , Bird 3
- Add. 15 + 12 + 6 + 9 + 3 = 45
Check. Add in a different order: 15 + 3 + 12 + 9 + 6 = 45. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget any bar.
Method. Part over whole, then simplify.
- Find the part and the whole. The part is the students with a fish, and the whole is the class.Part = 9, whole = 45
- Write the fraction. 945
- Simplify. Divide the top and bottom by 9.945 = 15
Check. 1 ÷ 5 = 0.2 and 9 ÷ 45 = 0.2. ✓
Watch out. The whole is the whole class (45), not the largest bar.
(a) How many cakes were sold on Monday? (b) How many cakes were sold on Wednesday? (c) How many cakes were sold in the five days? (d) On which day were twice as many cakes sold as on Friday?
Method. Count the symbols and use the key.
- Count the symbols. Monday has 2 whole symbols and one half symbol.2 whole symbols and a half symbol
- Use the key. A whole symbol is 10 and a half symbol is 5.2 × 10 + 5 = 25
Check. 25 ÷ 10 = 2.5 symbols. ✓
Watch out. A half symbol is half of 10, which is 5.
Method. Count the symbols and use the key.
- Count the symbols. Wednesday has 1 whole symbol and one half symbol.1 whole symbol and a half symbol
- Use the key. 1 × 10 + 5 = 15
Check. 15 ÷ 10 = 1.5 symbols. ✓
Watch out. Do not count the half symbol as a whole one.
Method. Work out each day, then add.
- Work out each day. Use the key for each row.Mon: 25, Tue: 40, Wed: 15, Thu: 30, Fri: 20
- Add. 25 + 40 + 15 + 30 + 20 = 130
Check. Total symbols: 2.5 + 4 + 1.5 + 3 + 2 = 13, and 13 × 10 = 130. ✓
Watch out. Use the key to turn symbols into numbers.
Method. Friday had 20 cakes. Twice as many is 40.
- Find twice the Friday sales. Friday has 2 symbols, which is 20 cakes.2 × 20 = 40
- Find the day with 40 cakes. Look for 4 whole symbols.Tuesday
Check. Tuesday has 4 symbols and Friday has 2, so Tuesday is twice Friday. ✓
Watch out. Compare the numbers of cakes, not just the symbols.
Method. In a pictogram each symbol stands for a fixed number of items. Divide each frequency by the number each symbol stands for.
- Decide what one symbol stands for, and write a key. Choose a value that divides nicely into the data. Here one symbol stands for 10 apples, and a half symbol stands for 5.Key: one symbol = 10 apples
- Work out the number of symbols for each row. Divide the frequency by the value of one symbol.Mon: 30 ÷ 10 = 3 symbols
Tue: 45 ÷ 10 = 4.5 symbols (4 whole and one half)
Wed: 20 ÷ 10 = 2 symbols
Thu: 35 ÷ 10 = 3.5 symbols (3 whole and one half) - Draw the symbols in each row. Draw them the same size and in line, using a half symbol where there is a half.
Check. Multiply the number of symbols by 10 to get each frequency back. ✓
Watch out. Symbols must be the same size and evenly spaced, and there must be a key.
| Sport | Frequency |
|---|---|
| Football | 11 |
| Netball | 8 |
| Rugby | 5 |
| Tennis | 9 |
| Hockey | 7 |
Method. Draw two axes, choose an even scale, then draw one bar for each category. All the bars must have the same width, with equal gaps between them.
- Choose a scale for the vertical axis. The biggest frequency is 11, so the axis must go up to at least 11. Use equal steps, such as 2.5.Vertical axis: 0 to 12.5 in steps of 2.5
- Label both axes and give the chart a title. The reader must know what each axis shows.Horizontal axis: Favourite sport. Vertical axis: Number of students.
- Draw one bar for each category. The height of each bar is its frequency, read against the vertical scale.Football: height 11
Netball: height 8
Rugby: height 5
Tennis: height 9
Hockey: height 7 - Check against the table. Every bar should match its frequency.
Check. Each bar’s height matches the table. ✓
Watch out. Bars must have equal widths and the vertical scale must start at 0 and have equal steps.
(a) How many girls joined in Year 8? (b) In which year group did more boys than girls join? (c) How many students joined altogether?
Method. Find the Year 8 pair of bars and read the girls’ bar.
- Use the key. Orange stands for girls.Look at the orange bar
- Read the height. 11
Check. The Year 8 girls’ bar is higher than the boys’ bar. ✓
Watch out. Read the right colour.
Method. Compare the two bars in each pair.
- Compare each year. Look for the year where the blue bar is higher.Year 7: boys 10, girls 12
Year 8: boys 14, girls 11 (more boys)
Year 9: boys 9, girls 8 (more boys)
Year 10: boys 6, girls 10 - Write the answer. Year 8 and Year 9
Check. In Years 7 and 10 the girls’ bars are taller. ✓
Watch out. Check the key.
Method. Add all the bars.
- Add the boys. 10 + 14 + 9 + 6 = 39
- Add the girls. 12 + 11 + 8 + 10 = 41
- Add the totals. 39 + 41 = 80
Check. Add year by year: 22 + 25 + 17 + 16 = 80. ✓
Watch out. Count both colours.
(a) How many students are in Year 8? (b) How many Year 9 students come by car? (c) Which year group has the most students?
Method. The whole bar shows all the Year 8 students, so read the top of the bar, or add the three sections.
- Read the three sections. Walk, bus and car are stacked in the Year 8 bar.Walk 9, bus 14, car 5
- Add them. The whole bar is all the Year 8 students.9 + 14 + 5 = 28
Check. The top of the Year 8 bar is at 28. ✓
Watch out. In a composite bar chart, the sections are on top of each other, so you add them.
Method. Read the height of the section for car, not the top of the bar.
- Find the car section in the Year 9 bar. The car section is the top part (green).From 17 up to 25
- Subtract to find its height. The section starts where the bus section ends.25 − 17 = 8
Check. Walk 6 + bus 11 + car 8 = 25. ✓
Watch out. The height of a section is the difference between its top and bottom.
Method. Work out the total for each year group.
- Year 7. 12 + 10 + 3 = 25
- Year 8. 9 + 14 + 5 = 28
- Year 9. 6 + 11 + 8 = 25
- Compare. The tallest whole bar is the biggest group.Year 8
Check. The tallest bar on the chart is Year 8. ✓
Watch out. Compare whole-bar heights.
Method. Look at the numbers and the scale on the vertical axis.
- Read the values. The bars show sales of 84 thousand and 80 thousand.84 − 80 = 4 thousand
- Compare the sizes. Our firm has only about 5% more than its rival.84 ÷ 80 = 1.05, only 5% more
- Look at the axis. The vertical scale starts at 78, so it cuts off the bottom of the bars and makes the difference look huge.The bars look in the ratio 6 : 2, a factor of 3.
Check. If the axis started at 0, the two bars would be almost the same height. ✓
Watch out. A truncated axis (one that does not start at 0) exaggerates differences.
Method. Think about the type of data first.
- Decide the data type. Lunch choices are categories (words).Categorical data.
- Choose a chart. A bar chart (or a pictogram) shows how many chose each category.Bar chart
Check. Bars with gaps suit separate categories. ✓
Watch out. Do not join categorical data with a line.
Method. Think about the type of data first.
- Decide the data type. Goals are counted, so they are discrete numbers.Discrete numerical data.
- Choose a chart. A vertical line chart shows the frequency for each value.Vertical line chart
Check. Each goal total has its own line. ✓
Watch out. A vertical line chart is for discrete numbers.
Method. Think about whether time is involved.
- Decide what is shown. The data is measured over time.Time series data.
- Choose a chart. A line graph shows the trend as time passes.Line graph
Check. Joining the points shows how the temperature changes between readings. ✓
Watch out. Use a line graph when time is on the horizontal axis.
Method. Each whole symbol is 8 students, and a half symbol is half of 8.
- Work out the whole symbols. 3 whole symbols of 8 students each.3 × 8 = 24
- Work out the half symbol. Half of 8.8 ÷ 2 = 4
- Add. 24 + 4 = 28
Check. 3.5 symbols × 8 = 28. ✓
Watch out. Half a symbol is half of the value of a whole symbol.
Method. Compare the fractions (or percentages) who chose pizza, because the classes are different sizes.
- Write each as a fraction of its class. Part over whole.Class A: 1025
Class B: 816 - Write them as percentages. Make the denominator 100, or divide.Class A: 1025 = 40100 = 40%
Class B: 816 = 50% - Compare. Class B has the larger percentage.Pizza is more popular in Class B, so Ana is wrong.
Check. 10 ÷ 25 = 0.4 and 8 ÷ 16 = 0.5. ✓
Watch out. When groups are different sizes, compare fractions or percentages, not the raw numbers.
Method. Count the symbols in total, then divide the total number of items by that number of symbols.
- Count the symbols for each day. A half symbol counts as 0.5.Mon = 2.5, Tue = 4, Wed = 3.5
- Find the total number of symbols. Add them.2.5 + 4 + 3.5 = 10
- Find what one symbol stands for. The total is 100 items, shared across 10 symbols.100 ÷ 10 = 10 items per symbol
- Work out Tuesday. Tuesday has 4 symbols.4 × 10 = 40 items
Check. 2.5 × 10 + 40 + 3.5 × 10 = 25 + 40 + 35 = 100. ✓
Watch out. Divide the total by the number of symbols, including half symbols as 0.5.
(a) Which drink sold least? (b) How many more cups of juice than coffee were sold? (c) What percentage of the drinks sold were tea?
Method. The shortest bar has the smallest frequency.
- Find the shortest bar. Water, with 10 sold
- Write the answer. Water
Check. All other bars are taller. ✓
Watch out. Name the drink, not the number.
Method. Read the two bars and subtract.
- Read the bars. Juice = 40, coffee = 20
- Subtract. 40 − 20 = 20
Check. 20 + 20 = 40. ✓
Watch out. “More than” means subtract.
Method. Find the total, then write tea as a fraction of it and as a percentage.
- Find the total. Add all four bars.30 + 20 + 40 + 10 = 100
- Write tea as a fraction. Part over whole.30100
- Change to a percentage. The total is 100, so the number sold is already the percentage.30 out of 100 = 30%
Check. 30% of 100 = 30. ✓
Watch out. The whole is the total number sold.
Method. Check each feature of the chart against the rules for bar charts.
- Check the widths. All bars should have equal widths so that only the height shows the frequency.A wider chess bar looks bigger, although only its height matters.
- Check the vertical axis. A scale that starts at 8 cuts off the bottoms of the bars, so small differences look big.The axis should start at 0.
- State two reasons. Unequal bar widths, and a vertical axis that does not start at 0.
Check. Both faults change how big the bars look without changing the data. ✓
Watch out. Look at the widths and at the scale.
Pie charts
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle stands for all the data, and each sector’s angle shows its share. The whole circle is 360°, so a sector of 90° is a quarter of the data, and a sector of 180° is a half. Pie charts are good for showing proportions, but they do not show the actual numbers unless we are told the total.
Drawing a pie chart. (1) Add the frequencies to find the total. (2) Divide 360° by the total to find the angle for one item. (3) Multiply each frequency by this angle. (4) Check that the angles add up to 360°. (5) Draw a circle, draw a radius, and use a protractor to measure each angle in turn. Label every sector.
Reading a pie chart. To find the frequency for a sector, write its angle as a fraction of 360° and find that fraction of the total: frequency = angle ÷ 360 × total. If you know the frequency of one sector but not the total, find how many degrees one item is worth: angle ÷ frequency, then divide 360 by it to find the total.
Comparing pie charts. A bigger sector in one pie chart does not necessarily mean more people, if the totals are different. Compare proportions (fractions or percentages), not sector sizes, unless the totals are given.
Key ideas
- A full circle is 360°. Angle for one item = 360° ÷ total frequency.
- Angle of a sector = frequency ÷ total × 360°.
- Frequency of a sector = angle ÷ 360 × total.
- The angles in a pie chart must add up to 360°.
- Compare proportions, not raw sector sizes, when the totals differ.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Each category’s angle is its share of 360°: angle = frequency ÷ total frequency × 360°.
- Add up the frequencies. The total is the whole pie, which is 360°.8 + 12 + 10 + 6 = 36
- Find the angle for one item. Divide the whole circle by the total frequency.360° ÷ 36 = 10° for each item
- Multiply each frequency by the angle for one item. A category with f items gets f lots of this angle.Walk: 8 × 10° = 80°
Bus: 12 × 10° = 120°
Car: 10 × 10° = 100°
Cycle: 6 × 10° = 60° - Check that the angles make 360°. The angles of all the sectors must fill the circle.80 + 120 + 100 + 60 = 360°
- Draw the pie chart. Draw a circle with a compass and a radius. Then use a protractor to measure each angle in turn from the radius, going round the circle. Label each sector.
Check. Total = 360° = 360°. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to check that the angles add up to 360°. If they do not, there is an arithmetic slip.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. A sector is a fraction of the whole pie. The fraction is angle ÷ 360°, and the same fraction of the total frequency belongs to the category.
- Write the angle as a fraction of 360°. The whole circle is 360°, so the sector is angle over 360.105360 = 724
- Find one part of the total. The denominator is 24, so divide the total (120) into 24 equal parts.120 ÷ 24 = 5
- Multiply to find the sector. The sector is 7 of those parts.7 × 5 = 35 students
Check. 1° stands for 120 ÷ 360 items, so 105° stands for 105 × 120 ÷ 360 = 35. ✓
Watch out. The pie shows a share of the total. Find the total first if it is not given.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. If we know how many items match a sector, we can find how many items one degree stands for, and so find the total for the whole 360°.
- Find what 1 item is worth in degrees. 12 students have an angle of 48°, so divide the angle by the frequency.48° ÷ 12 = 4° for each item
- Find how many items fill the whole circle. The whole pie is 360°.360 ÷ 4 = 90
- State the answer. The question asks for the total of the whole pie chart, not just the sector.Total = 90
Check. 90 × 4° = 360°. ✓
Watch out. The total is for the whole pie, not for the sector you were told about.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Work out the actual numbers using each pie chart’s total.
- Class A. Use fraction of the total = angle ÷ 360, then multiply by the class size.90360 = 14 and 14 of 40 = 10 students
- Class B. Do the same.72360 = 15 and 15 of 100 = 20 students
- Compare. Class B has more students who walk, even though its sector is smaller.20 > 10, so Lola is wrong about the numbers.
Check. 25% of 40 = 10 and 20% of 100 = 20. ✓
Watch out. Do not compare sector sizes without comparing the totals.
Watch out
The angles must add up to 360°, so always check. And when pie charts are for different totals, the same angle does not mean the same number of people.Exercise 24G Pie charts
Calculator allowedKey words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Each category’s angle is its share of 360°: angle = frequency ÷ total frequency × 360°.
- Add up the frequencies. The total is the whole pie, which is 360°.8 + 6 + 4 + 2 = 20
- Find the angle for one item. Divide the whole circle by the total frequency.360° ÷ 20 = 18° for each item
- Multiply each frequency by the angle for one item. A category with f items gets f lots of this angle.Dog: 8 × 18° = 144°
Cat: 6 × 18° = 108°
Fish: 4 × 18° = 72°
Other: 2 × 18° = 36° - Check that the angles make 360°. The angles of all the sectors must fill the circle.144 + 108 + 72 + 36 = 360°
Check. Total = 360° = 360°. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to check that the angles add up to 360°. If they do not, there is an arithmetic slip.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Each category’s angle is its share of 360°: angle = frequency ÷ total frequency × 360°.
- Add up the frequencies. The total is the whole pie, which is 360°.9 + 6 + 3 + 6 = 24
- Find the angle for one item. Divide the whole circle by the total frequency.360° ÷ 24 = 15° for each item
- Multiply each frequency by the angle for one item. A category with f items gets f lots of this angle.Maths: 9 × 15° = 135°
Science: 6 × 15° = 90°
Art: 3 × 15° = 45°
PE: 6 × 15° = 90° - Check that the angles make 360°. The angles of all the sectors must fill the circle.135 + 90 + 45 + 90 = 360°
Check. Total = 360° = 360°. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to check that the angles add up to 360°. If they do not, there is an arithmetic slip.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Each category’s angle is its share of 360°: angle = frequency ÷ total frequency × 360°.
- Add up the frequencies. The total is the whole pie, which is 360°.30 + 20 + 25 + 15 = 90
- Find the angle for one item. Divide the whole circle by the total frequency.360° ÷ 90 = 4° for each item
- Multiply each frequency by the angle for one item. A category with f items gets f lots of this angle.Apple: 30 × 4° = 120°
Pear: 20 × 4° = 80°
Banana: 25 × 4° = 100°
Orange: 15 × 4° = 60° - Check that the angles make 360°. The angles of all the sectors must fill the circle.120 + 80 + 100 + 60 = 360°
Check. Total = 360° = 360°. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to check that the angles add up to 360°. If they do not, there is an arithmetic slip.
| Colour | Cars |
|---|---|
| Red | 14 |
| Blue | 10 |
| Silver | 22 |
| Black | 14 |
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Each category’s angle is its share of 360°: angle = frequency ÷ total frequency × 360°.
- Add up the frequencies. The total is the whole pie, which is 360°.14 + 10 + 22 + 14 = 60
- Find the angle for one item. Divide the whole circle by the total frequency.360° ÷ 60 = 6° for each item
- Multiply each frequency by the angle for one item. A category with f items gets f lots of this angle.Red: 14 × 6° = 84°
Blue: 10 × 6° = 60°
Silver: 22 × 6° = 132°
Black: 14 × 6° = 84° - Check that the angles make 360°. The angles of all the sectors must fill the circle.84 + 60 + 132 + 84 = 360°
- Draw the pie chart. Draw a circle with a compass and a radius. Then use a protractor to measure each angle in turn from the radius, going round the circle. Label each sector.
Check. Total = 360° = 360°. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to check that the angles add up to 360°. If they do not, there is an arithmetic slip.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Each category’s angle is its share of 360°: angle = frequency ÷ total frequency × 360°.
- Add up the frequencies. The total is the whole pie, which is 360°.6 + 9 + 4 + 6 = 25
- Write each frequency as a fraction of the total. The angle is that fraction of 360°.Tag: 625
Football: 925
Skipping: 425
Hopscotch: 625 - Multiply each fraction by 360°. angle = frequency ÷ total × 360°.Tag: 6 ÷ 25 × 360 = 86.4°
Football: 9 ÷ 25 × 360 = 129.6°
Skipping: 4 ÷ 25 × 360 = 57.6°
Hopscotch: 6 ÷ 25 × 360 = 86.4° - Check that the angles make 360°. 86.4 + 129.6 + 57.6 + 86.4 = 360°
Check. Total = 360° = 360°. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to check that the angles add up to 360°. If they do not, there is an arithmetic slip.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Write the angle over 360 and simplify.
- Write the angle as a fraction of 360°. The whole circle is 360°.150360
- Simplify. Divide the top and bottom by 30.150360 = 512
Check. 150 ÷ 360 = 0.4167 and 5 ÷ 12 = 0.4167. ✓
Watch out. The angle is out of 360, not out of 100.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. A sector is a fraction of the whole pie. The fraction is angle ÷ 360°, and the same fraction of the total frequency belongs to the category.
- Write the angle as a fraction of 360°. The whole circle is 360°, so the sector is angle over 360.90360 = 14
- Find one part of the total. The denominator is 4, so divide the total (72) into 4 equal parts.72 ÷ 4 = 18
- Multiply to find the sector. The sector is 1 of those parts.1 × 18 = 18 students
Check. 1° stands for 72 ÷ 360 items, so 90° stands for 90 × 72 ÷ 360 = 18. ✓
Watch out. The pie shows a share of the total. Find the total first if it is not given.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. A sector is a fraction of the whole pie. The fraction is angle ÷ 360°, and the same fraction of the total frequency belongs to the category.
- Write the angle as a fraction of 360°. The whole circle is 360°, so the sector is angle over 360.120360 = 13
- Find one part of the total. The denominator is 3, so divide the total (72) into 3 equal parts.72 ÷ 3 = 24
- Multiply to find the sector. The sector is 1 of those parts.1 × 24 = 24 students
Check. 1° stands for 72 ÷ 360 items, so 120° stands for 120 × 72 ÷ 360 = 24. ✓
Watch out. The pie shows a share of the total. Find the total first if it is not given.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. A sector is a fraction of the whole pie. The fraction is angle ÷ 360°, and the same fraction of the total frequency belongs to the category.
- Write the angle as a fraction of 360°. The whole circle is 360°, so the sector is angle over 360.60360 = 16
- Find one part of the total. The denominator is 6, so divide the total (180) into 6 equal parts.180 ÷ 6 = 30
- Multiply to find the sector. The sector is 1 of those parts.1 × 30 = 30
Check. 1° stands for 180 ÷ 360 items, so 60° stands for 60 × 180 ÷ 360 = 30. ✓
Watch out. The pie shows a share of the total. Find the total first if it is not given.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. A sector is a fraction of the whole pie. The fraction is angle ÷ 360°, and the same fraction of the total frequency belongs to the category.
- Write the angle as a fraction of 360°. The whole circle is 360°, so the sector is angle over 360.140360 = 718
- Find one part of the total. The denominator is 18, so divide the total (90) into 18 equal parts.90 ÷ 18 = 5
- Multiply to find the sector. The sector is 7 of those parts.7 × 5 = 35
Check. 1° stands for 90 ÷ 360 items, so 140° stands for 140 × 90 ÷ 360 = 35. ✓
Watch out. The pie shows a share of the total. Find the total first if it is not given.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. A sector is a fraction of the whole pie. The fraction is angle ÷ 360°, and the same fraction of the total frequency belongs to the category.
- Write the angle as a fraction of 360°. The whole circle is 360°, so the sector is angle over 360.75360 = 524
- Find one part of the total. The denominator is 24, so divide the total (240) into 24 equal parts.240 ÷ 24 = 10
- Multiply to find the sector. The sector is 5 of those parts.5 × 10 = 50
Check. 1° stands for 240 ÷ 360 items, so 75° stands for 75 × 240 ÷ 360 = 50. ✓
Watch out. The pie shows a share of the total. Find the total first if it is not given.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. A sector is a fraction of the whole pie. The fraction is angle ÷ 360°, and the same fraction of the total frequency belongs to the category.
- Write the angle as a fraction of 360°. The whole circle is 360°, so the sector is angle over 360.100360 = 518
- Find one part of the total. The denominator is 18, so divide the total (54) into 18 equal parts.54 ÷ 18 = 3
- Multiply to find the sector. The sector is 5 of those parts.5 × 3 = 15
Check. 1° stands for 54 ÷ 360 items, so 100° stands for 100 × 54 ÷ 360 = 15. ✓
Watch out. The pie shows a share of the total. Find the total first if it is not given.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. If we know how many items match a sector, we can find how many items one degree stands for, and so find the total for the whole 360°.
- Find what 1 item is worth in degrees. 5 people have an angle of 30°, so divide the angle by the frequency.30° ÷ 5 = 6° for each item
- Find how many items fill the whole circle. The whole pie is 360°.360 ÷ 6 = 60
- State the answer. The question asks for the total of the whole pie chart, not just the sector.Total = 60
Check. 60 × 6° = 360°. ✓
Watch out. The total is for the whole pie, not for the sector you were told about.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. If we know how many items match a sector, we can find how many items one degree stands for, and so find the total for the whole 360°.
- Find what 1 item is worth in degrees. 16 students have an angle of 80°, so divide the angle by the frequency.80° ÷ 16 = 5° for each item
- Find how many items fill the whole circle. The whole pie is 360°.360 ÷ 5 = 72
- State the answer. The question asks for the total of the whole pie chart, not just the sector.Total = 72
Check. 72 × 5° = 360°. ✓
Watch out. The total is for the whole pie, not for the sector you were told about.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. If we know how many items match a sector, we can find how many items one degree stands for, and so find the total for the whole 360°.
- Find what 1 item is worth in degrees. 10 votes have an angle of 45°, so divide the angle by the frequency.45° ÷ 10 = 4.5° for each item
- Find how many items fill the whole circle. The whole pie is 360°.360 ÷ 4.5 = 80
- State the answer. The question asks for the total of the whole pie chart, not just the sector.Total = 80
Check. 80 × 4.5° = 360°. ✓
Watch out. The total is for the whole pie, not for the sector you were told about.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. The angles in a pie chart add up to 360°.
- Add the known angles. 90 + 120 + 100 = 310
- Subtract from 360°. The missing sector fills the rest of the circle.360 − 310 = 50°
Check. 90 + 120 + 100 + 50 = 360. ✓
Watch out. A pie chart is a full turn, 360°.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. A sector is a fraction of the whole pie. The fraction is angle ÷ 360°, and the same fraction of the total frequency belongs to the category.
- Write the angle as a fraction of 360°. The whole circle is 360°, so the sector is angle over 360.50360 = 536
- Find one part of the total. The denominator is 36, so divide the total (72) into 36 equal parts.72 ÷ 36 = 2
- Multiply to find the sector. The sector is 5 of those parts.5 × 2 = 10 people
Check. 1° stands for 72 ÷ 360 items, so 50° stands for 50 × 72 ÷ 360 = 10. ✓
Watch out. The pie shows a share of the total. Find the total first if it is not given.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Write the angle as a fraction of 360° and change to a percentage.
- Write as a fraction of 360°. Angle over the full circle.54360
- Simplify. Divide the top and bottom by 18.54360 = 320
- Change to a percentage. Multiply the top and bottom by 5 to make the bottom 100.320 = 15100 = 15%
Check. 15% of 360° = 0.15 × 360 = 54°. ✓
Watch out. 1% of a pie chart is 3.6°, not 1°.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Work out the actual number of bus users in each year, using each pie chart’s own total.
- Year 9. Fraction = angle ÷ 360, then multiply by 120.60360 = 16 and 16 of 120 = 20
- Year 11. Do the same with 180 students.50360 = 536 and 536 of 180 = 25
- Compare. 25 > 20, so Year 11 has more students travelling by bus, even though its sector is smaller.
Check. The sector is smaller in Year 11 but the year group is larger. ✓
Watch out. A smaller sector can still mean more people when the total is bigger.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Check what the angle tells us.
- What does 90° tell us? It tells us that football is 90 out of 360, which is a quarter of the data.90360 = 14
- What is missing? We need the total number of people to find how many chose football.If 120 people were asked, football = 30. If 80 were asked, football = 20.
Check. A quarter of 120 is 30 and a quarter of 80 is 20: the answer changes with the total. ✓
Watch out. Angle and frequency are different things.
Method. The area of a circle is π × radius2. If the areas are in proportion to the totals, work out the scale factor for the areas, then take its square root to get the scale factor for the lengths.
- Find the area scale factor. B has 400 people and A has 100.400 ÷ 100 = 4
- Find the length scale factor. Area scales by (length scale factor)2, so take the square root.√4 = 2
- Multiply the radius of A. 3 × 2 = 6 cm
Check. Area of A = π × 9 and area of B = π × 36. 36 ÷ 9 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Doubling the radius makes the area four times as big, not twice.
| Drink | Frequency |
|---|---|
| Tea | 7 |
| Coffee | 11 |
| Juice | 5 |
| Water | 2 |
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Each category’s angle is its share of 360°: angle = frequency ÷ total frequency × 360°.
- Add up the frequencies. The total is the whole pie, which is 360°.7 + 11 + 5 + 2 = 25
- Write each frequency as a fraction of the total. The angle is that fraction of 360°.Tea: 725
Coffee: 1125
Juice: 525
Water: 225 - Multiply each fraction by 360°. angle = frequency ÷ total × 360°.Tea: 7 ÷ 25 × 360 = 100.8°
Coffee: 11 ÷ 25 × 360 = 158.4°
Juice: 5 ÷ 25 × 360 = 72°
Water: 2 ÷ 25 × 360 = 28.8° - Check that the angles make 360°. 100.8 + 158.4 + 72 + 28.8 = 360°
Check. Total = 360° = 360°. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to check that the angles add up to 360°. If they do not, there is an arithmetic slip.
(a) How many people chose vanilla? (b) What percentage chose strawberry?
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. A sector is a fraction of the whole pie. The fraction is angle ÷ 360°, and the same fraction of the total frequency belongs to the category.
- Write the angle as a fraction of 360°. The whole circle is 360°, so the sector is angle over 360.90360 = 14
- Find one part of the total. The denominator is 4, so divide the total (60) into 4 equal parts.60 ÷ 4 = 15
- Multiply to find the sector. The sector is 1 of those parts.1 × 15 = 15 people
Check. 1° stands for 60 ÷ 360 items, so 90° stands for 90 × 60 ÷ 360 = 15. ✓
Watch out. The pie shows a share of the total. Find the total first if it is not given.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Write the angle as a fraction of 360° and change to a percentage.
- Write as a fraction. Angle over 360.72360
- Simplify. Divide the top and bottom by 72.72360 = 15
- Change to a percentage. One fifth is 20 out of 100.15 = 20%
Check. 20% of 360° = 72°. ✓
Watch out. The angle is out of 360, not 100.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. A 90° sector is one quarter of the whole pie. Find a quarter of each total.
- Fraction for 90°. Angle over 360.90360 = 14
- First pie chart. One quarter of 80.80 ÷ 4 = 20
- Second pie chart. One quarter of 120.120 ÷ 4 = 30
- Subtract. 30 − 20 = 10
Check. The same angle stands for different numbers because the totals are different. ✓
Watch out. The same sector size does not mean the same number of people.
Line graphs and time series
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A time series is a set of measurements taken at regular times: the temperature every hour, the number of customers every month, a baby’s mass every week. We show a time series on a line graph: time goes on the horizontal axis, the measurement on the vertical axis. We plot a point for each reading and join the points with straight lines, from left to right.
What a line graph shows. Reading a line graph, look for three things. The trend is the general direction over a long time (here, sales rise from year to year). Seasonal variation is a pattern that repeats regularly (here, sales are highest in summer, Q3, every year). Unusual values do not fit the pattern and may need explaining.
Predicting. To predict the next value, continue the trend and the seasonal pattern. For example, Q3 sales were 58, 63, 68 in three years: they go up by 5 each year, so Year 4’s Q3 might be 73. This is an extrapolation (going beyond the data), so it is only an estimate and could be wrong if conditions change. Reading a value between two plotted points is interpolation: it is less risky, but it assumes the values change steadily between the readings.
Key ideas
- A time series is data measured at regular times; show it on a line graph with time on the horizontal axis.
- Trend = long-term direction. Seasonal variation = a pattern that repeats regularly.
- Compare the same season in different years to see the trend.
- Interpolation (between points) is more reliable than extrapolation (beyond the data).
- A line graph that does not start at 0, or has an uneven scale, can mislead.
Method. Find each quarter on the horizontal axis, go up to the plotted point, and read across to the vertical axis.
- (a) Find Q2 Y2 and read the point. The 6th point from the left is Q2 of Year 2.Sales = 45 hundred = 4500
- (b) Find the highest point. The highest point on the graph is the greatest sales.Highest point = 68 hundred, at Q3 of Year 3
- (c) Read the two Q3 points. Q3 Y3 and Q3 Y1.Q3 Y3 = 68, Q3 Y1 = 58
- Subtract. “How many more” means take away.68 − 58 = 10 hundred = 1000
Check. The Q3 points are 58, 63, 68, rising by 5 each year, so 68 is 10 more than 58. ✓
Watch out. Remember the units: the vertical axis is in hundreds.
Method. Compare the same quarter in different years for the trend, and compare the quarters within a year for the seasonal pattern.
- Look at the same quarter each year. This removes the seasonal effect so that only the trend is left.Q1: 24, 27, 30 (up 3 each year)
Q3: 58, 63, 68 (up 5 each year) - State the trend. The values for every quarter go up from year to year.Trend: sales are rising each year.
- Look within one year. Compare the four quarters of Year 1.Year 1: 24, 41, 58, 30: low, then rising to a peak in Q3, then falling.
- State the seasonal pattern. The same shape repeats in every year.Seasonal pattern: sales are highest in Q3 (summer) and lowest in Q1 (winter) every year.
Check. Each year looks like a bigger version of the year before. ✓
Watch out. The trend and the seasonal pattern are different: the trend compares years, the seasonal pattern compares seasons.
| Age (months) | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Mass (kg) | 3.4 | 4.1 | 4.9 | 5.6 | 6.1 | 6.6 | 7 |
Method. For a line graph, plot a point for each time and join the points with straight lines, from left to right.
- Draw and label the axes. Time goes on the horizontal axis. The measurement goes on the vertical axis, with an equal scale.Horizontal axis: Age (months). Vertical axis: Mass (kg).
- Plot a point for each pair of values. Go along to the time, then up to the value.0: 3.399999999999999911182158029987476766109466552734375
1: 4.0999999999999996447286321199499070644378662109375
2: 4.9000000000000003552713678800500929355621337890625
3: 5.5999999999999996447286321199499070644378662109375
4: 6.0999999999999996447286321199499070644378662109375
5: 6.5999999999999996447286321199499070644378662109375
6: 7 - Join the points with straight lines. The lines show the trend. Do not draw a line before the first point or after the last one.
Check. Each point matches a value in the table. ✓
Watch out. Plot every point accurately before you join them.
Method. Find how the Q3 sales change each year, continue the pattern one more year, and comment on the risk.
- Write the Q3 sales for each year. Same quarter each year, so no seasonal effect.58, 63, 68
- Find the yearly change. Subtract each value from the next.63 − 58 = 5
68 − 63 = 5 - Continue the pattern. Sales have gone up by 5 each year, so assume they go up by 5 again.68 + 5 = 73 hundred
- Comment on reliability. This is an extrapolation: it assumes the trend continues, but weather, prices or competition could change.It is only an estimate.
Check. The sequence 58, 63, 68, 73 has a constant difference of 5. ✓
Watch out. Say that the estimate assumes the trend continues.
Watch out
The trend compares the same season in different years. Do not compare Q1 with Q3 to find the trend: that mixes the seasonal pattern with the trend. And never say a prediction is certain.Exercise 24H Line graphs and time series
Non-calculatorMethod. Find the lowest point on the graph.
- Find the lowest point. The lowest sales are at the bottom of the graph.Lowest value = 24 hundred, which is the first point.
- Name the quarter. Q1 of Year 1
Check. All other points are higher than 24. ✓
Watch out. Name the quarter and the year.
Method. Read the four Year 2 points and add them.
- Read the Year 2 values. Q1 to Q4 of Year 2.27, 45, 63, 34
- Add. 27 + 45 + 63 + 34 = 169 hundred
Check. Year 2 is bigger than Year 1 (153) and smaller than Year 3 (185). ✓
Watch out. Read all four quarters.
Method. Read the Q4 points for Year 1 and Year 3, then subtract.
- Read the two values. Q4 Y1 = 30, Q4 Y3 = 38
- Subtract. 38 − 30 = 8 hundred
Check. 30 + 8 = 38. ✓
Watch out. Remember the units are hundreds.
| Month | Jan | Feb | Mar | Apr | May | Jun |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Visitors | 120 | 150 | 210 | 260 | 240 | 300 |
Method. For a line graph, plot a point for each time and join the points with straight lines, from left to right.
- Draw and label the axes. Time goes on the horizontal axis. The measurement goes on the vertical axis, with an equal scale.Horizontal axis: Month. Vertical axis: Number of visitors.
- Plot a point for each pair of values. Go along to the time, then up to the value.Jan: 120
Feb: 150
Mar: 210
Apr: 260
May: 240
Jun: 300 - Join the points with straight lines. The lines show the trend. Do not draw a line before the first point or after the last one.
Check. Each point matches a value in the table. ✓
Watch out. Plot every point accurately before you join them.
Method. Compare the four quarters inside one year.
- Look at Year 1. The values for the four quarters.120, 80, 40, 90
- Describe the shape. The bill falls to a low in Q3 (summer) and rises again in Q4. The same shape repeats in Year 2.Highest in winter (Q1), lowest in summer (Q3).
Check. Year 2 shows the same shape: 115, 75, 38, 85. ✓
Watch out. A seasonal pattern repeats every year.
Method. Compare the same quarter in the two years.
- Find the change in each quarter. Year 2 minus Year 1.Q1: 115 − 120 = -5
Q2: 75 − 80 = -5
Q3: 38 − 40 = -2
Q4: 85 − 90 = -5 - State the trend. Every quarter is lower in Year 2, by between £2 and £5.The bills are falling slowly.
Check. All four differences are negative. ✓
Watch out. Compare like with like: the same quarter.
Method. Compare the two lines month by month.
- Read both lines each month. Jan: A 20, B 30. Feb: A 24, B 28. Mar: A 30, B 27.In Mar: A = 30, B = 27
- Find the first month with A above B. Mar
Check. In the months before Mar the blue line (A) is below the orange line (B). ✓
Watch out. Read the correct line using the key.
Method. Read both lines in June and subtract.
- Read June. A = 40, B = 30
- Subtract. 40 − 30 = 10 thousand pounds, which is £10,000
Check. 30 + 10 = 40. ✓
Watch out. The scale is in thousands of pounds.
Method. Find how far each shop’s sales vary.
- Find the range of A. Biggest minus smallest.40 − 20 = 20
- Find the range of B. 31 − 27 = 4
- Compare. A smaller range means more steady.B (4) is smaller than A (20), so B is more steady.
Check. B’s line is much flatter. ✓
Watch out. Give a reason using numbers from the graph.
Method. Find how the Q1 sales change each year, then continue the pattern.
- Find the yearly changes. Subtract each value from the next.27 − 24 = 3
30 − 27 = 3 - Continue the pattern. The Q1 sales go up by 3 each year.30 + 3 = 33 hundred
Check. 24, 27, 30, 33 goes up by 3 each time. ✓
Watch out. Use the same quarter each year, so the seasonal pattern does not interfere.
Method. Read the numbers on the vertical axis, not just the shape of the line.
- Look at the scale. The vertical axis starts at 100, and each gridline is only 1 thousand pounds.Axis: 100 to 105
- Work out the real change. The profit went from 100 to 104 thousand.104 − 100 = 4, and 4 ÷ 100 = 4%
- Explain. Cutting off the axis makes a small rise look steep.A rise of only 4% over four years is not “very fast”.
Check. On a scale from 0 the line would look almost flat. ✓
Watch out. Check where the axis starts and read the numbers.
Method. Think about what the line between two points means.
- What does a joining line mean? A line between two points suggests values in between, and a change that happens in order.On a time graph, the line shows the value between the times.
- Apply to colours. There is nothing “between” red and blue, and the colours have no natural order.The line has no meaning.
- Say what to use instead. Categories are shown by separate bars.Use a bar chart.
Check. Line graphs are for data that is measured over time or in order. ✓
Watch out. Join points only when the horizontal axis is a continuous quantity such as time.
Method. 1 pm is halfway between 12 noon and 2 pm, so estimate halfway between the two temperatures.
- Find the halfway point of the times. 1 pm is halfway between 12 and 2.Halfway
- Find the number halfway between 14 and 18. Add and divide by 2.(14 + 18) ÷ 2 = 16
Check. 14 + 2 = 16, 18 − 2 = 16. ✓
Watch out. This assumes the temperature changes steadily.
Method. Think about what we do not know between two readings.
- What do we know? Only the two readings.14°C at 12 noon, 18°C at 2 pm
- What do we assume? We assume steady change, but the real temperature could have gone up and down in between.The 1 pm value is an interpolation, an estimate.
Check. A reading at 1 pm could be anything near 16. ✓
Watch out. Interpolation assumes a steady change between the readings.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Read the four Year 2 values from the graph. Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4 of Year 2.27, 45, 63, 34
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.27 + 45 + 63 + 34 = 169
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 4 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.169 ÷ 4 = 42.25
Check. Multiply back: 42.25 × 4 = 169, which is the total. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
Method. Find how much Q3 sales rise each year, then count on.
- Find the yearly rise. Q3 rises by 5 each year.63 − 58 = 5 and 68 − 63 = 5
- Work out how many more years are needed. Sales need to rise from 68 to over 100.100 − 68 = 32, and 32 ÷ 5 = 6.4, so 7 more years
- Find the year. Year 3 plus 7 years.Year 3 + 7 = Year 10, with sales 68 + 35 = 103
- Comment. Predicting 7 years beyond the data is a long extrapolation: the trend may not continue.Not reliable.
Check. In Year 9, 68 + 30 = 98, which is not over 100. In Year 10 it is 103. ✓
Watch out. Round up: 6.4 years means you need 7 whole years.
| Time | 8am | 9am | 10am | 11am | 12pm | 1pm | 2pm | 3pm |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Temperature (°C) | 12 | 14 | 17 | 19 | 21 | 22 | 20 | 18 |
Method. For a line graph, plot a point for each time and join the points with straight lines, from left to right.
- Draw and label the axes. Time goes on the horizontal axis. The measurement goes on the vertical axis, with an equal scale.Horizontal axis: Time. Vertical axis: Temperature (°C).
- Plot a point for each pair of values. Go along to the time, then up to the value.8am: 12
9am: 14
10am: 17
11am: 19
12pm: 21
1pm: 22
2pm: 20
3pm: 18 - Join the points with straight lines. The lines show the trend. Do not draw a line before the first point or after the last one.
Check. Each point matches a value in the table. ✓
Watch out. Plot every point accurately before you join them.
Method. Think about how much evidence there is and what could change.
- Count the evidence. Only two readings (January and March) are used, which is too few to show a trend.Two points are not enough.
- Think about seasons. Umbrella sales may be seasonal: they could rise again in the wet months.The pattern may repeat.
- Think about prediction. Continuing the fall for ever is an extrapolation and could be badly wrong.Extrapolation is unreliable.
Check. Two reasons are enough. ✓
Watch out. Mention the seasonal pattern or the risk of extrapolating.
Stem-and-leaf diagrams
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A stem-and-leaf diagram shows the data in order and keeps every single value, so it is better than a grouped table when we want to find the median or range. Each number is split into a stem (the first digit or digits, usually the tens) and a leaf (the last digit, usually the units). The stems go down the left in order. The leaves go along each row in order. The diagram on its side looks like a bar chart, so we can see the shape of the data.
| Stem | Leaf |
|---|---|
| 2 | 8 9 |
| 3 | 3 4 5 8 8 |
| 4 | 1 1 1 4 7 9 |
| 5 | 2 6 |
Always include a key that shows what a stem and leaf stand for, such as “3 | 4 means 34 marks”. A key is essential, because the same diagram could mean 3.4 or 340 if the key were different. To draw one: (1) write the stems in order; (2) go through the data and write each leaf on the right row; (3) redraw with the leaves in order; (4) add the key.
Back-to-back stem-and-leaf diagrams compare two sets of data using one set of stems in the middle. The left side leaves are written backwards so that the smallest leaf is nearest the stem on both sides. To find the median of ordered data, count to the middle value; the range is the biggest minus the smallest. The decimal version works the same way, with a key like “2 | 4 means 2.4 seconds”.
Key ideas
- Stem = leading digit(s). Leaf = last digit. The leaves must be in order.
- Always write a key: “3 | 4 means 34”.
- The diagram keeps all the data, so you can find the median, mode and range exactly.
- In a back-to-back diagram, the left leaves run outwards from the stem, with the smallest nearest the stem.
- Compare two data sets by their medians (average) and ranges (spread).
Method. Split each value into a stem (the tens) and a leaf (the units). Write the leaves next to the right stem, then put each row in order.
- Write the stems in order down the left. The stems are the tens digits. List every stem from the smallest to the largest, even if a stem has no leaves.2, 3, 4, 5
- Go through the data in the order given, writing each leaf next to its stem. The leaf is the units digit.2 | 8 9
3 | 4 5 8 3 8
4 | 1 7 1 4 1 9
5 | 2 6 - Rewrite each row with its leaves in order, smallest first. An ordered diagram is much easier to read, and you need it for the median.
Stem Leaf 2 8 9 3 3 4 5 8 8 4 1 1 1 4 7 9 5 2 6 Key: 3 | 4 means 34 marks - Add a key. The key explains what the numbers mean, so that anyone can read the diagram.3 | 4 means 34 marks
Check. Count the leaves: there should be 15 leaves in total, one for each value. ✓
Watch out. Write the leaves in order and keep them evenly spaced, and always include a key.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The diagram is already in order, so we can read the values straight from it. First write them out as a list.
- Write the data as a list from the diagram. Read each row: stem then leaf.28, 29, 33, 34, 35, 38, 38, 41, 41, 41, 44, 47, 49, 52, 56
- (a) Median. There are 15 values, so the median is the (15 + 1) ÷ 2 = 8th value.8th value = 41
- (b) Mode. 41 appears three times, more than any other value.Mode = 41
- (c) Range. Biggest minus smallest.56 − 28 = 28
- (d) Count the values above 45. Look at the end of the list.47, 49, 52, 56: that is 4 students
Check. Count in from each end of the list: 7 values are below the median and 7 are above. ✓
Watch out. Count the position of the median in the list of values, not along the stems.
| Boys | Stem | Girls |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | 8 | |
| 8 5 2 | 3 | 1 3 6 8 9 |
| 7 5 4 1 | 4 | 2 3 6 9 |
| 5 2 | 5 |
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the median) and the spread (the range) for the two groups.
- Boys: median. There are 9 values, so the median is the 5th value.Median = 44
- Girls: median. There are 10 values, so the median is halfway between the 5th and 6th.(38 + 39) ÷ 2 = 38.5
- Boys: range. 55 − 32 = 23
- Girls: range. 49 − 28 = 21
- Write a comparison. Use the medians for the average and the ranges for the spread, and write in context.On average the boys scored higher (median 44 compared with 38.5). The spread is similar (range 23 for boys and 21 for girls).
Check. The boys’ leaves are in higher rows (stems 4 and 5) more often than the girls’. ✓
Watch out. Do not read the left side of a back-to-back diagram from the right. The smallest leaf is nearest the stem.
Method. Split each value into a stem (the tens) and a leaf (the units). Write the leaves next to the right stem, then put each row in order.
- Write the stems in order down the left. The stems are the tens digits. List every stem from the smallest to the largest, even if a stem has no leaves.2, 3
- Go through the data in the order given, writing each leaf next to its stem. The leaf is the units digit.2 | 1 4 7 4
3 | 0 2 5 - Rewrite each row with its leaves in order, smallest first. An ordered diagram is much easier to read, and you need it for the median.
Stem Leaf 2 1 4 4 7 3 0 2 5 Key: 2 | 4 means 2.4 seconds - Add a key. The key explains what the numbers mean, so that anyone can read the diagram.2 | 4 means 2.4 seconds
Check. Count the leaves: there should be 7 leaves in total, one for each value. ✓
Watch out. Write the leaves in order and keep them evenly spaced, and always include a key.
Watch out
Do not forget the key, and put the leaves in order. Also, keep the leaves evenly spaced, like columns, so that the diagram is a fair picture of the data.Exercise 24I Stem-and-leaf diagrams
Non-calculator| Stem | Leaf |
|---|---|
| 1 | 9 |
| 2 | 2 3 7 9 |
| 3 | 1 1 5 8 |
| 4 | 2 5 |
| 5 | 1 |
Method. Split each value into a stem (the tens) and a leaf (the units). Write the leaves next to the right stem, then put each row in order.
- Write the stems in order down the left. The stems are the tens digits. List every stem from the smallest to the largest, even if a stem has no leaves.1, 2, 3, 4, 5
- Go through the data in the order given, writing each leaf next to its stem. The leaf is the units digit.1 | 9
2 | 3 7 2 9
3 | 1 5 1 8
4 | 2 5
5 | 1 - Rewrite each row with its leaves in order, smallest first. An ordered diagram is much easier to read, and you need it for the median.
Stem Leaf 1 9 2 2 3 7 9 3 1 1 5 8 4 2 5 5 1 Key: 2 | 3 means 23 years - Add a key. The key explains what the numbers mean, so that anyone can read the diagram.2 | 3 means 23 years
Check. Count the leaves: there should be 12 leaves in total, one for each value. ✓
Watch out. Write the leaves in order and keep them evenly spaced, and always include a key.
| Stem | Leaf |
|---|---|
| 14 | 3 7 8 9 |
| 15 | 0 2 4 5 7 8 |
| 16 | 0 1 3 6 |
| 17 | 1 |
Method. Split each value into a stem (the tens) and a leaf (the units). Write the leaves next to the right stem, then put each row in order.
- Write the stems in order down the left. The stems are the tens digits. List every stem from the smallest to the largest, even if a stem has no leaves.14, 15, 16, 17
- Go through the data in the order given, writing each leaf next to its stem. The leaf is the units digit.14 | 7 3 9 8
15 | 2 8 0 5 7 4
16 | 1 6 3 0
17 | 1 - Rewrite each row with its leaves in order, smallest first. An ordered diagram is much easier to read, and you need it for the median.
Stem Leaf 14 3 7 8 9 15 0 2 4 5 7 8 16 0 1 3 6 17 1 Key: 15 | 2 means 152 cm - Add a key. The key explains what the numbers mean, so that anyone can read the diagram.15 | 2 means 152 cm
Check. Count the leaves: there should be 15 leaves in total, one for each value. ✓
Watch out. Write the leaves in order and keep them evenly spaced, and always include a key.
| Stem | Leaf |
|---|---|
| 1 | 2 5 7 |
| 2 | 1 3 3 6 8 |
| 3 | 0 1 4 5 8 |
| 4 | 1 5 |
Method. “More than 30” does not include 30, so count the values after 30.
- Look at the stems 3 and 4. The row with stem 3 is 30, 31, 34, 35, 38; the stem 4 row is 41, 45.30, 31, 34, 35, 38, 41, 45
- Leave out 30 and count. More than 30 means bigger than 30.31, 34, 35, 38, 41, 45: 6 values
Check. Count the leaves in the stem 3 row (5) and stem 4 row (2) and subtract the 30: 5 + 2 − 1 = 6. ✓
Watch out. “More than 30” does not include 30.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The mode is the value that appears most often.
- Write the values from the diagram as a list. Read each row: the stem then each leaf in order.12, 15, 17, 21, 23, 23, 26, 28, 30, 31, 34, 35, 38, 41, 45
- Count how many times each value appears. The mode is the value that occurs most often.12 appears 1 time
15 appears 1 time
17 appears 1 time
21 appears 1 time
23 appears 2 times
26 appears 1 time
28 appears 1 time
30 appears 1 time
31 appears 1 time
34 appears 1 time
35 appears 1 time
38 appears 1 time
41 appears 1 time
45 appears 1 time - Find the value that appears most often. 23 appears 2 times, more than any other value.Mode = 23
Check. Look back at the list: no other value appears more times. ✓
Watch out. The mode is the value, not how many times it appears.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Write the values from the diagram as a list. Read each row: the stem then each leaf in order.12, 15, 17, 21, 23, 23, 26, 28, 30, 31, 34, 35, 38, 41, 45
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.12, 15, 17, 21, 23, 23, 26, 28, 30, 31, 34, 35, 38, 41, 45
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 15 values.
- Find the middle position. With an odd number of values, the middle one has the same number of values on each side. Position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(15 + 1) ÷ 2 = 8, so the median is the 8th value.
- Pick out that value. Count along the ordered list to the 8th value.12, 15, 17, 21, 23, 23, 26, 28, 30, 31, 34, 35, 38, 41, 45
Median = 28
Check. There are 7 values below 28 and 7 values above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value.
- Write the values from the diagram as a list. Read each row: the stem then each leaf in order.12, 15, 17, 21, 23, 23, 26, 28, 30, 31, 34, 35, 38, 41, 45
- Find the biggest value. The range measures how spread out the data is, from one end to the other.Biggest = 45
- Find the smallest value. Smallest = 12
- Subtract: biggest minus smallest. The range is the gap between the two ends.45 − 12 = 33
Check. Count on from 12 by 33 and you reach 45. ✓
Watch out. The range is one number (the difference), not the pair “from 12 to 45”.
| Stem | Leaf |
|---|---|
| 1 | 2 5 8 |
| 2 | 1 3 3 6 |
| 3 | 0 4 |
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Write the values from the diagram as a list. The key says 1 | 2 is 1.2 kg.1.2, 1.5, 1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 2.3, 2.6, 3, 3.4
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.1.2, 1.5, 1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 2.3, 2.6, 3, 3.4
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 9 values.
- Find the middle position. With an odd number of values, the middle one has the same number of values on each side. Position = (n + 1) ÷ 2.(9 + 1) ÷ 2 = 5, so the median is the 5th value.
- Pick out that value. Count along the ordered list to the 5th value.1.2, 1.5, 1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 2.3, 2.6, 3, 3.4
Median = 2.3 kg
Check. There are 4 values below 2.3 and 4 values above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The mode is the value that appears most often.
- Write the values from the diagram as a list. The key says 1 | 2 is 1.2 kg.1.2, 1.5, 1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 2.3, 2.6, 3, 3.4
- Count how many times each value appears. The mode is the value that occurs most often.1.2 appears 1 time
1.5 appears 1 time
1.8 appears 1 time
2.1 appears 1 time
2.3 appears 2 times
2.6 appears 1 time
3 appears 1 time
3.4 appears 1 time - Find the value that appears most often. 2.3 appears 2 times, more than any other value.Mode = 2.3 kg
Check. Look back at the list: no other value appears more times. ✓
Watch out. The mode is the value, not how many times it appears.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value.
- Write the values from the diagram as a list. The key says 1 | 2 is 1.2 kg.1.2, 1.5, 1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 2.3, 2.6, 3, 3.4
- Find the biggest value. The range measures how spread out the data is, from one end to the other.Biggest = 3.4 kg
- Find the smallest value. Smallest = 1.2 kg
- Subtract: biggest minus smallest. The range is the gap between the two ends.3.4 − 1.2 = 2.2 kg
Check. Count on from 1.2 by 2.2 and you reach 3.4. ✓
Watch out. The range is one number (the difference), not the pair “from 1.2 to 3.4”.
| Boys | Stem | Girls |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | 8 | |
| 8 5 2 | 3 | 1 3 6 8 9 |
| 7 5 4 1 | 4 | 2 3 6 9 |
| 5 2 | 5 |
Method. Count to the middle of each group’s ordered data.
- Boys. 9 values, so the median is the 5th value.44
- Girls. 10 values, so halfway between the 5th and 6th values.(38 + 39) ÷ 2 = 38.5
Check. The boys have 4 values below their median and 4 above. ✓
Watch out. With 10 values there are two middle values.
Method. Biggest minus smallest for each group.
- Boys. 55 − 32 = 23
- Girls. 49 − 28 = 21
Check. Each range is the gap between the outer values of the diagram. ✓
Watch out. Use the first and last leaves of each side.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Use the medians and the ranges.
- Compare the averages. The median of the boys is higher.44 > 38.5
- Compare the spreads. The ranges are close.23 and 21
- Write the comparison in context. The boys scored higher on average, but the scores of the two groups were about equally spread out.
Check. Both statements refer to the numbers. ✓
Watch out. Always compare an average and a spread, and write the answer in context.
Method. Check the rules for a stem-and-leaf diagram one at a time.
- Check the order of the leaves. The leaves in each row must be written smallest first. In the row 2 | 8 3 1 the leaves are not in order.Not ordered: should be 2 | 1 3 8 and 3 | 2 5
- Check for a key. Without a key, we cannot tell whether 2 | 8 means 28, 2.8 or 280.No key.
- State the two faults. The leaves are not in order, and there is no key.
Check. A correct diagram would be 2 | 1 3 8; 3 | 2 5; 4 | 9, with a key such as “2 | 1 means 21 years”. ✓
Watch out. Leaves in order and a key are marked in exam questions.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.23 + 31 + 19 + 42 + 35 + 27 + 31 + 45 + 22 + 38 + 29 + 51 = 393
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 12 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.393 ÷ 12 = 32.7500… = 32.8 to 1 decimal place
Check. The mean must lie between the smallest (19) and the largest (51) value, and 32.8 does. Also 32.8 × 12 = 393.6, which is close to the total 393. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
| Stem | Leaf |
|---|---|
| 6 | 1 4 8 |
| 7 | 0 3 3 9 |
| 8 | 5 |
Method. Read each row: put the stem and then each leaf together.
- Read the row for stem 6. The key says 6 | 1 means 61.61, 64, 68
- Read the row for stem 7. 70, 73, 73, 79
- Read the row for stem 8. 85
- Write the list. 61, 64, 68, 70, 73, 73, 79, 85
Check. There are 8 leaves in the diagram and 8 numbers in the list. ✓
Watch out. Put the stem in front of each leaf: stem 7 and leaf 3 gives 73.
| Stem | Leaf |
|---|---|
| 1 | 2 5 7 |
| 2 | 1 3 3 6 8 |
| 3 | 0 1 4 5 8 |
| 4 | 1 5 |
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the median of the lower half, Q3 is the median of the upper half, and IQR = Q3 − Q1.
- Write the values in order. Quartiles are found from ordered data.12, 15, 17, 21, 23, 23, 26, 28, 30, 31, 34, 35, 38, 41, 45
- Find the median (Q2). The median splits the data into a lower half and an upper half.n = 15, median = 28 (the middle value)
- Split into two halves, leaving out the median. With an odd number of values the median belongs to neither half.Lower half: 12, 15, 17, 21, 23, 23, 26
Upper half: 30, 31, 34, 35, 38, 41, 45 - Q1 is the median of the lower half. It is the value a quarter of the way through the data.Q1 = 21
- Q3 is the median of the upper half. It is the value three quarters of the way through the data.Q3 = 35
- Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1: the spread of the middle half of the data.35 − 21 = 14
Check. About a quarter of the values are below Q1 and a quarter are above Q3. Here 3 are below 21 and 3 are above 35. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to put the data in order first, and leave out the median when you split an odd number of values.
Method. Compare what each display keeps.
- Stem-and-leaf. Every value is still shown (stem and leaf together make the value).All the data is kept.
- Grouped table. Only the number of values in each class is shown.The exact values are lost.
- Conclude. The exact median can be found from the ordered diagram but not from the grouped table.Maya is right.
Check. From the grouped table we could only name the median class. ✓
Watch out. Grouped tables lose the detail that stem-and-leaf diagrams keep.
| Stem | Leaf |
|---|---|
| 1 | 0 2 5 8 |
| 2 | 0 1 6 9 |
| 3 | 3 6 |
| 4 | 4 |
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Work out the mean and the median, then compare them.
- Median. There are 11 values, so the median is the 6th value.Median = 21
- Total. Add the values.10 + 12 + 15 + 18 + 20 + 21 + 26 + 29 + 33 + 36 + 44 = 264
- Mean. Divide by 11.264 ÷ 11 = 24
- Compare. 24 > 21, so the mean is greater than the median.
Check. The larger values 36 and 40 are far above the median and pull the mean up. ✓
Watch out. State both values and the comparison.
| Group X | Stem | Group Y |
|---|---|---|
| 7 2 | 2 | 5 9 |
| 8 5 1 | 3 | 2 3 |
| 6 4 | 4 | 0 1 8 |
| 5 | 0 |
Method. Use one set of stems down the middle. Group X’s leaves go on the left, written outwards from the stem, and group Y’s go on the right.
- Write the stems in the middle. The scores are from 20 to 50, so the stems are 2, 3, 4 and 5.2, 3, 4, 5
- Put the leaves of Group X on the left. Write each row with the smallest leaf nearest the stem.X: 2 | 2 7; 3 | 1 5 8; 4 | 4 6
- Put the leaves of Group Y on the right. Again with the smallest leaf nearest the stem.Y: 2 | 5 9; 3 | 2 3; 4 | 0 1 8; 5 | 0
- Draw the diagram and add a key.
Group X Stem Group Y 7 2 2 5 9 8 5 1 3 2 3 6 4 4 0 1 8 5 0 Key: for Group X 3 | 1 means 31; for Group Y 3 | 2 means 32
Check. Count the leaves: 7 for Group X and 8 for Group Y. ✓
Watch out. On the left side the leaves run backwards, so the smallest is next to the stem.
| Stem | Leaf |
|---|---|
| 1 | 2 8 |
| 2 | 1 3 6 9 |
| 3 | 4 5 |
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Write the lengths as a list. The key says 1 | 2 is 1.2 metres, so each leaf is a tenth of a metre.1.2, 1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 2.6, 2.9, 3.4, 3.5
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.1.2, 1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 2.6, 2.9, 3.4, 3.5
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 8 values.
- Find the two middle positions. With an even number of values there are two middle values. They are at positions n ÷ 2 and n ÷ 2 + 1.8 ÷ 2 = 4, so the 4th and 5th values.
- Pick out the two middle values. Count along the ordered list.1.2, 1.8, 2.1, 2.3, 2.6, 2.9, 3.4, 3.5
- Find the number halfway between them. Add the two middle values and divide by 2 (their mean).(2.3 + 2.6) ÷ 2 = 4.9 ÷ 2 = 2.45 m
Check. 4 values are below 2.45 and 4 values are above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Scatter graphs
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Bivariate data is data with two measurements for each person or object, such as the hours someone revised and their test mark. A scatter graph shows each pair as a point (a cross), with one measurement on the horizontal axis and the other on the vertical axis. Scatter graphs let us see whether the two things are related.
Correlation describes how the two variables are related. With positive correlation the points slope upwards: when one variable increases, so does the other (more hours revising, higher marks). With negative correlation the points slope downwards: when one increases, the other decreases (an older car is worth less). With no correlation there is no pattern. The correlation is strong if the points are close to a straight line and weak if they are widely scattered.
Correlation is not causation. Two things can be correlated without one causing the other. Ice cream sales and sunburn cases are positively correlated, but ice cream does not cause sunburn: both go up when the weather is hot. Always say there is a relationship or link unless you know the cause.
Line of best fit. A line of best fit is a straight line drawn through the points that follows the trend. It does not have to pass through any particular point. Draw it so that there are about equal numbers of points on each side of the line, and it passes close to the mean point (the mean of the x-values, the mean of the y-values). Use a ruler, and extend it across the data.
Using the line. Reading a value from the line within the range of the data is interpolation: it is usually reliable if the correlation is strong. Reading a value outside the range of the data is extrapolation: it is much less reliable, because the relationship may not continue (for example, marks cannot go above 100). Say that your answer is an estimate.
Key ideas
- Positive correlation: both increase. Negative: one increases as the other decreases. None: no pattern.
- Strong correlation: points close to a line. Weak correlation: points widely scattered.
- Correlation does not prove causation.
- A line of best fit follows the trend, with about equal numbers of points on each side, near the mean point.
- Interpolation (inside the data range) is more reliable than extrapolation (outside it).
- An outlier is a point that does not fit the pattern.
Method. Look at the direction of the points, and how close they are to a straight line.
- Look at the direction. The points go from the bottom left to the top right.As the hours increase, the marks increase: positive correlation.
- Look at the closeness. The points are close to a straight line.The correlation is strong.
- Write the answer in context. Use the words of the question.Strong positive correlation: students who revise for more hours tend to get higher marks.
Check. A line sloping up through the points would fit them closely. ✓
Watch out. Say positive or negative, and say strong or weak. Write it in context.
Method. Read across or up from the line of best fit. The answer is an estimate, so a small tolerance is allowed.
- Find 5.5 hours on the horizontal axis. We know the hours-value, so start on the hours-axis.hours = 5.5 hours
- Go straight up to the line of best fit. The line of best fit shows the trend, so it gives us the best estimate.Draw a vertical line up from the axis until it meets the line.
- Go across to the vertical axis and read the mark-value. Read the scale carefully.mark ≈ 70
Check. The point you read should lie on the line of best fit, not on one of the crosses. ✓
Watch out. Read from the line, not from the nearest cross.
Method. Check whether 12 hours is inside the range of the data, and whether the answer makes sense.
- Find the range of the data. The hours in the graph go from 1 to 9.1 to 9 hours
- Compare 12 hours with the range. 12 hours is outside the range of the data, so reading from the line is extrapolation.12 > 9, so this is extrapolation.
- Check the answer. The line gives about 110, which is more than 100.A test mark out of 100 cannot be bigger than 100.
- Conclude. The relationship probably does not continue in a straight line, so the prediction is unreliable.Not sensible.
Check. Using the line: 35.7 + 6.2 × 12 = 110.1. ✓
Watch out. Extrapolation is risky. Always say why the estimate may not be reliable.
| Adverts, x | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Sales, y | 2 | 5 | 4 | 7 | 6 | 9 | 8 | 11 |
Method. Plot every point, find the mean point to guide the line, then draw a straight line that follows the trend.
- Plot the points. Each pair is one point: go along to x, then up to y.(1, 2), (2, 5), (3, 4), (4, 7), (5, 6), (6, 9), (7, 8), (8, 11)
- Work out the mean point. The line of best fit should pass close to the mean point (mean of x, mean of y).Mean of x = 36 ÷ 8 = 4.5
Mean of y = 52 ÷ 8 = 6.5
Mean point = (4.5, 6.5) - Draw a straight line with a ruler. It follows the trend of the points and passes close to the mean point. There should be about the same number of points above and below it: here 4 above and 4 below.
Check. There are 4 points above the line and 4 below it. ✓
Watch out. The line does not have to go through the first or last point, and does not need to go through any point at all.
Method. Think about whether there could be another reason for both to increase.
- Describe the correlation. When ice cream sales rise, so do sunburn cases.Strong positive correlation.
- Look for another cause. Hot, sunny weather makes people buy ice cream and also causes sunburn.A third factor (hot weather) explains both.
- Conclude. Correlation shows a link, not that one thing causes the other.No. The correlation does not show that ice cream causes sunburn.
Check. Ice cream is eaten indoors in winter as well, with no sunburn. ✓
Watch out. Never write “this causes that” from a scatter graph alone.
Watch out
A line of best fit is not found by joining the first and last points, and it does not have to pass through the origin. Also, never use a line of best fit far outside the data: that is extrapolation and it may not be reliable.Exercise 24J Scatter graphs
Non-calculatorMethod. Look at the direction and at how close the points are to a line.
- Direction. The points slope up from left to right.Positive
- Closeness. The points are close to a straight line.Strong
Check. A straight line sloping up would fit the points closely. ✓
Watch out. Name the direction and the strength.
Method. Look at the direction and at how close the points are to a line.
- Direction. The points slope down from left to right.Negative
- Closeness. The points are close to a straight line.Strong
Check. As age goes up, value goes down. ✓
Watch out. Negative means one goes up as the other goes down.
Method. Look for a pattern.
- Direction. The points do not slope up or down.No clear direction
- Conclude. The points are scattered with no pattern.No correlation
Check. No straight line fits the points well. ✓
Watch out. If there is no pattern, say “no correlation”.
Method. Look at the direction and at how close the points are to a line.
- Direction. The points slope slightly upwards, left to right.Positive
- Closeness. The points are widely scattered about any line.Weak
Check. The upward trend is there but it is not clear-cut. ✓
Watch out. Weak correlation still has a direction.
| Maths mark | 34 | 48 | 55 | 62 | 70 | 75 | 82 | 90 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Science mark | 40 | 52 | 50 | 66 | 68 | 80 | 79 | 92 |
Method. Plot each pair as a point, then describe the pattern.
- Plot the points. Each student gives one point: maths mark along, science mark up.(34, 40), (48, 52), (55, 50), (62, 66), (70, 68), (75, 80), (82, 79), (90, 92)
- Draw the graph. Use equal scales on both axes.
- Describe the correlation. The points slope upwards and lie close to a line.Strong positive correlation: students with high maths marks tend to have high science marks.
Check. The correlation is positive: the best students in maths are also the best in science. ✓
Watch out. Plot carefully: both axes need an equal scale.
Method. Add each column and divide by 8.
- Mean of the maths marks. Add them, then divide by 8.34 + 48 + 55 + 62 + 70 + 75 + 82 + 90 = 516; 516 ÷ 8 = 64.5
- Mean of the science marks. Do the same.40 + 52 + 50 + 66 + 68 + 80 + 79 + 92 = 527; 527 ÷ 8 = 65.875
Check. The line of best fit should pass close to this point. ✓
Watch out. Write the mean point as a coordinate pair (x, y).
Method. Read across or up from the line of best fit. The answer is an estimate, so a small tolerance is allowed.
- Find 3 hours on the horizontal axis. We know the hours-value, so start on the hours-axis.hours = 3 hours
- Go straight up to the line of best fit. The line of best fit shows the trend, so it gives us the best estimate.Draw a vertical line up from the axis until it meets the line.
- Go across to the vertical axis and read the mark-value. Read the scale carefully.mark ≈ 54
Check. The point you read should lie on the line of best fit, not on one of the crosses. ✓
Watch out. Read from the line, not from the nearest cross.
Method. Read across or up from the line of best fit. The answer is an estimate, so a small tolerance is allowed.
- Find 7 hours on the horizontal axis. We know the hours-value, so start on the hours-axis.hours = 7 hours
- Go straight up to the line of best fit. The line of best fit shows the trend, so it gives us the best estimate.Draw a vertical line up from the axis until it meets the line.
- Go across to the vertical axis and read the mark-value. Read the scale carefully.mark ≈ 79
Check. The point you read should lie on the line of best fit, not on one of the crosses. ✓
Watch out. Read from the line, not from the nearest cross.
Method. Read across or up from the line of best fit. The answer is an estimate, so a small tolerance is allowed.
- Find 80 on the vertical axis. We know the mark-value, so start on the mark-axis.mark = 80
- Go across to the line of best fit. The line of best fit shows the trend.Draw a horizontal line across until it meets the line.
- Go down to the horizontal axis and read the hours-value. Read the scale carefully.hours ≈ 7
Check. The point you read should lie on the line of best fit, not on one of the crosses. ✓
Watch out. Read from the line, not from the nearest cross.
Method. Compare 4.5 with the range of the data, 1 to 9 hours.
- Check the range. 4.5 is between 1 and 9.1 < 4.5 < 9
- Name it. Inside the range of the data is interpolation.Interpolation, so it is likely to be reliable.
Check. The graph has points either side of 4.5 hours. ✓
Watch out. Inside the data range is interpolation.
Method. Compare 15 with the range of the data, 1 to 9 hours.
- Check the range. 15 is bigger than 9.15 > 9
- Name it. Outside the range of the data is extrapolation.Extrapolation, so it is not reliable.
Check. The line would predict 129, which is more than 100. ✓
Watch out. Outside the data range is extrapolation.
Method. Compare 0.5 with the range of the data, 1 to 9 hours.
- Check the range. 0.5 is less than 1.0.5 < 1
- Name it. Outside the range, so extrapolation.Extrapolation, so it is not reliable.
Check. There are no points to the left of 1 hour. ✓
Watch out. Both ends count: below the lowest value is also extrapolation.
Method. Compare the age used with the ages in the data, and think about whether the pattern could continue.
- Compare with the data. The data only covers ages 3 to 12, and 40 is far outside it.Extrapolation
- Think about the real situation. Children stop growing at around 18, so height does not keep rising in a straight line.The trend does not continue.
- Conclude. The estimate is not reliable.Predictions far outside the range of the data are not reliable.
Check. A height of 3 m is impossible for an adult. ✓
Watch out. Extrapolation is only safe over a short distance, if at all.
Method. Look for another reason that explains both.
- Describe the link. More firefighters go with more damage.Positive correlation.
- Find another cause. A bigger fire causes more damage and also needs more firefighters.Size of the fire is the common cause.
- Conclude. A correlation does not mean one causes the other.No.
Check. Sending fewer firefighters to a big fire would not reduce the damage. ✓
Watch out. Correlation does not prove causation.
Method. Read across and up from the circled point.
- Read the horizontal value. Look down from the circled cross to the axis.x = 4.5
- Read the vertical value. Look across to the axis.y = 20
- Write the coordinates. (4.5, 20)
Check. It is the only point far below the others. ✓
Watch out. Write the horizontal value first.
Method. Think about what could make a result very different from the pattern.
- Think about the pattern. Students who revise 4.5 hours usually score about 60 to 65.This student scored 20.
- Suggest a reason. Anything sensible will do.For example, the student was ill during the test.
Check. Any sensible reason is accepted. ✓
Watch out. An outlier may be a real unusual result or a mistake.
Method. Decide whether the point follows the trend.
- Look at the point. It is far from all the others, so it is an outlier.Does not follow the pattern.
- Decide. The line of best fit should show the trend. An outlier would pull the line away from the other points.Ignore the outlier when drawing the line.
Check. The other 11 points follow a clear line. ✓
Watch out. Mention the outlier, but do not let it distort the line.
Method. Think about what a line of best fit is meant to do.
- Recall the rule. A line of best fit follows the trend, with about equal numbers of points above and below it.It should fit all the points.
- Check what Dan did. The end points may be unusual, so a line through them could have most points on one side.It uses only two points.
- Conclude. It does not fit the overall trend.
Check. A better line passes near the mean point of all the data. ✓
Watch out. Use all the points, not just two of them.
Method. Substitute x = 6 into the equation.
- Write the equation. y = 2x + 3
- Substitute x = 6. Replace x with 6.y = 2 × 6 + 3 = 12 + 3 = 15
Check. 6 km at £2 per km is £12, plus the £3 fixed charge, is £15. ✓
Watch out. Do the multiplication before the addition.
Method. Look at what changes when x changes.
- The number 3. When x = 0 (no distance), y = 3.A fixed charge of £3.
- The number 2. Each extra kilometre adds £2 to y.The cost per km is £2.
Check. Check: 1 km costs 2 + 3 = £5 and 2 km costs £7, which is £2 more. ✓
Watch out. The gradient is the change in y for each 1 more in x.
Method. Gradient = change in y ÷ change in x.
- Find the change in y. 97 − 35 = 62
- Find the change in x. 10 − 0 = 10
- Divide. 62 ÷ 10 = 6.2
Check. Moving across 10 raises the line by 62, so by 6.2 for each 1. ✓
Watch out. Both changes must be taken in the same order.
Method. The line crosses the y-axis at (0, 35), so c = 35.
- Write the form. m is the gradient and c is the y-intercept.y = mx + c
- Put in m = 6.2 and c = 35. The point (0, 35) is on the y-axis.y = 6.2x + 35
Check. When x = 10: 6.2 × 10 + 35 = 97. ✓
Watch out. The intercept is the value of y when x = 0.
Method. Substitute x = 7.5.
- Substitute. y = 6.2 × 7.5 + 35
- Work out. 6.2 × 7.5 = 46.546.5 + 35 = 81.5
Check. x = 7.5 is inside the data range 0 to 10, so this is interpolation. ✓
Watch out. Multiply before you add.
Method. Interpret the gradient as the change in y for each 1 increase in x, then check the extreme value.
- Gradient. The gradient 6 means y increases by 6 when x increases by 1.Each extra hour adds about 6 points.
- Substitute 30. 6 × 30 + 20 = 200
- Comment. 30 hours a week is likely to be outside the data, and the score is unlikely to rise in a straight line for ever.It is an extrapolation and probably unreliable.
Check. Using x = 5: 6 × 5 + 20 = 50, and x = 6 gives 56, which is 6 more. ✓
Watch out. Say what the gradient means in the context.
Method. Strength depends on how close the points are to a straight line.
- Graph A. The points are close to a line sloping down.Strong negative correlation
- Graph B. The points are widely scattered but slope down.Weak negative correlation
- Compare. The closer the points are to a line, the stronger the correlation.Graph A is stronger. Both are negative.
Check. Both slope downwards, so both are negative. ✓
Watch out. Strength and direction are separate things.
Method. Substitute the x-value of the mean point into the equation and see whether the y-value matches.
- Substitute x = 6. If the line passes through (6, 40), then y should be 40.3 × 6 + 22 = 18 + 22 = 40
- Compare. The value matches the y-value of the mean point.So the line passes through (6, 40).
- Estimate when x = 8. Substitute.3 × 8 + 22 = 24 + 22 = 46
Check. From (6, 40), going 2 to the right raises the line by 2 × 3 = 6: 40 + 6 = 46. ✓
Watch out. A good line of best fit passes through (or very near) the mean point.
Comparing distributions
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A distribution is all the values of a data set and how often they occur. To compare two distributions we use two kinds of measure: an average (what is typical) and a measure of spread (how consistent the data is). Comparing only an average, or only a spread, is not a full comparison.
Average. Use the mean if the data has no extreme values. Use the median if there are outliers, because the median is not affected by them. The group with the higher average is higher “on average”. Spread. The range (biggest − smallest) is the simplest measure of spread. A smaller range means the data is more consistent (closer together). Higher tier students also use the interquartile range (IQR), which ignores extreme values.
How to write a comparison. Always write your comparison in context, using the words of the question, and include the numbers. For example: “On average, the boys scored higher (mean 62 compared with 55), but the girls’ scores were more consistent (range 14 compared with 28).” A sentence such as “A has a bigger range” with no meaning is not enough.
Key ideas
- Compare an average (mean or median) and a spread (range, or IQR).
- Use the median if there are outliers.
- A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent data.
- Write in context and include the numbers.
- A larger average means “higher on average”, not that every value is bigger.
| Team A | 3 | 5 | 8 | 4 | 6 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Team B | 2 | 9 | 1 | 8 | 7 | 3 |
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the mean) and a measure of spread (the range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the mean for Team A. An average tells us what is typical.3 + 5 + 8 + 4 + 6 + 4 = 30; 30 ÷ 6 = 5
- Work out the mean for Team B. 2 + 9 + 1 + 8 + 7 + 3 = 30; 30 ÷ 6 = 5
- Work out the range for Team A. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.8 − 3 = 5
- Work out the range for Team B. 9 − 1 = 8
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, Team A and Team B are the same (mean 5).
Team A is more consistent (smaller range: 5 compared with 8), so Team B is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
| Machine A | 41 | 38 | 44 | 40 | 42 | 39 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Machine B | 30 | 55 | 28 | 60 | 35 | 52 |
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the mean) and a measure of spread (the range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the mean for Machine A. An average tells us what is typical.41 + 38 + 44 + 40 + 42 + 39 = 244; 244 ÷ 6 = 40.7
- Work out the mean for Machine B. 30 + 55 + 28 + 60 + 35 + 52 = 260; 260 ÷ 6 = 43.3
- Work out the range for Machine A. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.44 − 38 = 6
- Work out the range for Machine B. 60 − 28 = 32
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, Machine B has the higher mass (mean 43.3 compared with 40.7).
Machine A is more consistent (smaller range: 6 compared with 32), so Machine B is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
| Runner P | 12 | 14 | 13 | 15 | 14 | 60 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Runner Q | 18 | 20 | 22 | 19 | 21 | 23 |
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Because of the outlier (60 seconds), use the median rather than the mean. Compare an average (the median) and a measure of spread (the range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the median for Runner P. An average tells us what is typical.In order: 12, 13, 14, 14, 15, 60; median = 14
- Work out the median for Runner Q. In order: 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23; median = 20.5
- Work out the range for Runner P. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.60 − 12 = 48
- Work out the range for Runner Q. 23 − 18 = 5
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, Runner Q has the higher time (median 20.5 compared with 14).
Runner Q is more consistent (smaller range: 5 compared with 48), so Runner P is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
| Club A | 12 | 18 | 20 | 22 | 25 | 27 | 30 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Club B | 15 | 16 | 18 | 19 | 21 | 22 | 24 |
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the median) and a measure of spread (the interquartile range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the median for Club A. An average tells us what is typical.In order: 12, 18, 20, 22, 25, 27, 30; median = 22
- Work out the median for Club B. In order: 15, 16, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24; median = 19
- Work out the interquartile range for Club A. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.Q1 = 18, Q3 = 27, IQR = 27 − 18 = 9
- Work out the interquartile range for Club B. Q1 = 16, Q3 = 22, IQR = 22 − 16 = 6
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, Club A has the higher ages (median 22 compared with 19).
Club B is more consistent (smaller interquartile range: 6 compared with 9), so Club A is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
Watch out
A comparison must include both an average and a spread, written in context, with numbers. Do not say “Team A is better” without saying what is better (higher average, more consistent).Exercise 24K Comparing distributions
Non-calculatorKey words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the mean) and a measure of spread (the range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the mean for Amy. An average tells us what is typical.7 + 9 + 6 + 8 + 10 = 40; 40 ÷ 5 = 8
- Work out the mean for Ben. 4 + 10 + 5 + 9 + 7 = 35; 35 ÷ 5 = 7
- Work out the range for Amy. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.10 − 6 = 4
- Work out the range for Ben. 10 − 4 = 6
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, Amy has the higher scores (mean 8 compared with 7).
Amy is more consistent (smaller range: 4 compared with 6), so Ben is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the mean) and a measure of spread (the range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the mean for The girls. An average tells us what is typical.150 + 154 + 148 + 152 + 156 + 150 = 910; 910 ÷ 6 = 151.7
- Work out the mean for The boys. 145 + 160 + 152 + 148 + 158 + 157 = 920; 920 ÷ 6 = 153.3
- Work out the range for The girls. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.156 − 148 = 8
- Work out the range for The boys. 160 − 145 = 15
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, The boys has the greater height (mean 153.3 compared with 151.7).
The girls is more consistent (smaller range: 8 compared with 15), so The boys is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the mean) and a measure of spread (the range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the mean for Clinic A. An average tells us what is typical.12 + 15 + 9 + 14 + 10 = 60; 60 ÷ 5 = 12
- Work out the mean for Clinic B. 20 + 8 + 25 + 6 + 11 = 70; 70 ÷ 5 = 14
- Work out the range for Clinic A. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.15 − 9 = 6
- Work out the range for Clinic B. 25 − 6 = 19
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, Clinic B has the longer waiting time (mean 14 compared with 12).
Clinic A is more consistent (smaller range: 6 compared with 19), so Clinic B is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the mean) and a measure of spread (the range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the mean for Player X. An average tells us what is typical.1 + 0 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 + 2 = 9; 9 ÷ 7 = 1.3
- Work out the mean for Player Y. 0 + 5 + 0 + 0 + 1 + 6 + 0 = 12; 12 ÷ 7 = 1.7
- Work out the range for Player X. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.3 − 0 = 3
- Work out the range for Player Y. 6 − 0 = 6
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, Player Y has the higher goals (mean 1.7 compared with 1.3).
Player X is more consistent (smaller range: 3 compared with 6), so Player Y is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
Shop 1: 20, 22, 21, 23, 22, 65
Shop 2: 30, 32, 31, 33, 30, 34
Compare the ages using the median and the range. Explain why the median is better than the mean for Shop 1.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the median) and a measure of spread (the range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the median for Shop 1. An average tells us what is typical.In order: 20, 21, 22, 22, 23, 65; median = 22
- Work out the median for Shop 2. In order: 30, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34; median = 31.5
- Work out the range for Shop 1. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.65 − 20 = 45
- Work out the range for Shop 2. 34 − 30 = 4
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, Shop 2 has the higher age (median 31.5 compared with 22).
Shop 2 is more consistent (smaller range: 4 compared with 45), so Shop 1 is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
Team P
| Goals | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Matches | 4 | 7 | 6 | 2 | 1 |
| Goals | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Matches | 1 | 3 | 8 | 6 | 2 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Goals Frequency (f) f × goals 0 4 0 1 7 7 2 6 12 3 2 6 4 1 4 Total 20 29 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.4 + 7 + 6 + 2 + 1 = 20
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.0 + 7 + 12 + 6 + 4 = 29
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.29 ÷ 20 = 1.45
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (0 and 4). 1.45 is. Also 1.45 × 20 = 29. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Goals Frequency (f) f × goals 0 1 0 1 3 3 2 8 16 3 6 18 4 2 8 Total 20 45 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.1 + 3 + 8 + 6 + 2 = 20
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.0 + 3 + 16 + 18 + 8 = 45
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.45 ÷ 20 = 2.25
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (0 and 4). 2.25 is. Also 2.25 × 20 = 45. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value. Only look at values that actually occur (frequency more than 0).
- Find the smallest value that occurs. Ignore any row with frequency 0.Smallest = 0
- Find the biggest value that occurs. Biggest = 4
- Subtract. Biggest minus smallest.4 − 0 = 4
Check. 0 + 4 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Do not subtract the frequencies. The range uses the values.
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value. Only look at values that actually occur (frequency more than 0).
- Find the smallest value that occurs. Ignore any row with frequency 0.Smallest = 0
- Find the biggest value that occurs. Biggest = 4
- Subtract. Biggest minus smallest.4 − 0 = 4
Check. 0 + 4 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Do not subtract the frequencies. The range uses the values.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Use the two means and the two ranges.
- Compare the means. Team Q: 2.25 is bigger than team P: 1.45
- Compare the ranges. Both teams scored between 0 and 4 goals.Range of each team = 4 − 0 = 4
- Write in context. Team Q scores more goals on average, and the spread of the number of goals is the same.
Check. Team Q has more matches with 2 or 3 goals. ✓
Watch out. Mention both an average and a spread.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Think about what an average tells us about individual values.
- What does a mean tell us? It tells us about the group as a whole, not about every individual.Class A did better on average.
- Give an example. Class A could be marks 40, 64, 88 (mean 64) and class B could be 60, 61, 62 (mean 61): the best student is in A, but the weakest is also in A.Some students in B scored higher than some in A.
Check. In the example the mean of A is (40 + 64 + 88) ÷ 3 = 64 and of B is 61. ✓
Watch out. Averages compare groups, not individuals.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. One sentence about the average, one about the spread.
- Compare the averages. The larger mean is the higher average.15 > 12, so B has the higher average.
- Compare the spreads. The smaller range is more consistent.5 < 14, so A is more consistent.
- Write the sentences. B has the higher average (15 compared with 12). A is more consistent (range 5 compared with 14).
Check. Each sentence has numbers. ✓
Watch out. Use both an average and a spread.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the mean) and a measure of spread (the range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the mean for Archer 1. An average tells us what is typical.6 + 7 + 7 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 9 = 53; 53 ÷ 7 = 7.6
- Work out the mean for Archer 2. 3 + 6 + 8 + 8 + 9 + 10 + 10 = 54; 54 ÷ 7 = 7.7
- Work out the range for Archer 1. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.9 − 6 = 3
- Work out the range for Archer 2. 10 − 3 = 7
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, Archer 2 has the higher score (mean 7.7 compared with 7.6).
Archer 1 is more consistent (smaller range: 3 compared with 7), so Archer 2 is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. The median is the average and the IQR is the spread: compare each.
- Compare the medians. 52 is more than 50.Group 1 has the higher median.
- Compare the IQRs. The smaller IQR means the middle half of the data is closer together.IQR 4 < 9, so group 1 is more consistent.
- Write in context. Group 1 has the higher median (52 compared with 50) and is more consistent (IQR 4 compared with 9).
Check. Both sentences contain numbers. ✓
Watch out. The IQR is not affected by outliers.
Method. Check what the range tells us.
- What does the range measure? The range measures how spread out the data is, not what is typical.Spread, not average.
- Can we tell the mean from it? No. Two groups with the same mean can have very different ranges, and a big range does not mean a big mean.Class X: 30 to 65 has mean 47.5, class Y: 50 to 70 has mean 60.
Check. In the example, class X has the larger range but the lower mean. ✓
Watch out. Compare averages with averages and spreads with spreads.
Method. Use total = mean × number of values before and after the swap.
- Total height of team A before. mean × 5.180 × 5 = 900
- Total height of team A after. 178 × 5 = 890
- Take away the player who left. He is 190 cm.900 − 190 = 710
- Find the new player’s height. The new total is 890.890 − 710 = 180 cm
Check. 710 + 180 = 890 and 890 ÷ 5 = 178. ✓
Watch out. Work with totals, then divide.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the median) and a measure of spread (the range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the median for Player A. An average tells us what is typical.In order: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; median = 6
- Work out the median for Player B. In order: 3, 4, 5, 9, 10; median = 5
- Work out the range for Player A. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.8 − 4 = 4
- Work out the range for Player B. 10 − 3 = 7
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, Player A has the higher points (median 6 compared with 5).
Player A is more consistent (smaller range: 4 compared with 7), so Player B is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the mean) and a measure of spread (the range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the mean for Phone A. An average tells us what is typical.14 + 15 + 13 + 14 + 16 = 72; 72 ÷ 5 = 14.4
- Work out the mean for Phone B. 10 + 18 + 12 + 19 + 16 = 75; 75 ÷ 5 = 15
- Work out the range for Phone A. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.16 − 13 = 3
- Work out the range for Phone B. 19 − 10 = 9
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, Phone B has the higher battery life (mean 15 compared with 14.4).
Phone A is more consistent (smaller range: 3 compared with 9), so Phone B is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. One sentence about the average, one about the spread.
- Compare the means. The larger mean is the higher average.30 > 24, so team X is higher on average.
- Compare the ranges. The smaller range is more consistent.6 < 10, so team X is more consistent.
- Write the sentences. Team X scored more on average (mean 30 compared with 24) and was more consistent (range 6 compared with 10).
Check. Each sentence uses numbers and the context. ✓
Watch out. Do not just say “X is better”.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Make P a set of numbers that are close together but high, and Q a set that are spread out but with a lower total.
- Choose set P. Numbers close together, around 12.10, 11, 12, 12, 13
- Choose set Q. Numbers spread out with a low total.2, 4, 6, 8, 20
- Work out the means. Total ÷ 5.P: 58 ÷ 5 = 11.6
Q: 40 ÷ 5 = 8 - Work out the ranges. Largest − smallest.P: 13 − 10 = 3
Q: 20 − 2 = 18 - Compare. P has the higher mean (11.6 > 8) and the smaller range (3 < 18).
Check. Both conditions are satisfied. ✓
Watch out. Many different answers are possible. Always show the mean and the range of each set.
Quartiles and the interquartile range
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
The median splits ordered data into two halves. The quartiles go further and split it into four equal parts. The lower quartile (Q1) has a quarter of the data below it. The median is Q2, with half the data below it. The upper quartile (Q3) has three quarters of the data below it. These three numbers cut the ordered data into four groups with the same number of values in each.
From a list. (1) Put the data in order. (2) Find the median. (3) Split the data into a lower half and an upper half (if there is an odd number of values, leave out the median). (4) Q1 is the median of the lower half and Q3 is the median of the upper half. With an odd number of values this gives the same answer as the rule “Q1 is the (n + 1) ÷ 4th value and Q3 is the 3(n + 1) ÷ 4th value”.
The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 − Q1. It is the spread of the middle half of the data. Unlike the range, it is not affected by extreme values, so it is a more reliable measure of spread when there are outliers. A small IQR means the middle half of the data is close together (consistent).
From a frequency table. Add a running total (cumulative frequency) column. Work out the positions (n + 1) ÷ 4, (n + 1) ÷ 2 and 3(n + 1) ÷ 4. The quartile is the value in that position, found from the running total, exactly as for the median.
Key ideas
- Q1 = lower quartile (a quarter of the data is below it). Q2 = median. Q3 = upper quartile (three quarters below it).
- For a list: order the data, find the median, then the median of each half (leave out the median when n is odd).
- IQR = Q3 − Q1: the spread of the middle 50% of the data.
- The IQR is not affected by outliers, but the range is.
- For a frequency table, use positions (n + 1) ÷ 4 and 3(n + 1) ÷ 4 with a running total.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the median of the lower half, Q3 is the median of the upper half, and IQR = Q3 − Q1.
- Write the values in order. Quartiles are found from ordered data.3, 5, 8, 12, 15, 18, 21, 25, 30
- Find the median (Q2). The median splits the data into a lower half and an upper half.n = 9, median = 15 (the middle value)
- Split into two halves, leaving out the median. With an odd number of values the median belongs to neither half.Lower half: 3, 5, 8, 12
Upper half: 18, 21, 25, 30 - Q1 is the median of the lower half. It is the value a quarter of the way through the data.Q1 = 6.5
- Q3 is the median of the upper half. It is the value three quarters of the way through the data.Q3 = 23
- Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1: the spread of the middle half of the data.23 − 6.5 = 16.5
Check. About a quarter of the values are below Q1 and a quarter are above Q3. Here 2 are below 6.5 and 2 are above 23. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to put the data in order first, and leave out the median when you split an odd number of values.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the median of the lower half, Q3 is the median of the upper half, and IQR = Q3 − Q1.
- Write the values in order. Quartiles are found from ordered data.8, 9, 11, 12, 14, 16, 17, 19, 21, 25
- Find the median (Q2). The median splits the data into a lower half and an upper half.n = 10, median = 15 (halfway between the two middle values)
- Split into two equal halves. With an even number of values, the lower half is the first half of the list.Lower half: 8, 9, 11, 12, 14
Upper half: 16, 17, 19, 21, 25 - Q1 is the median of the lower half. It is the value a quarter of the way through the data.Q1 = 11
- Q3 is the median of the upper half. It is the value three quarters of the way through the data.Q3 = 19
- Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1: the spread of the middle half of the data.19 − 11 = 8
Check. Half of the 10 values lie between Q1 and Q3. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to put the data in order first, and leave out the median when you split an odd number of values.
| Calls | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Hours | 2 | 6 | 9 | 8 | 6 |
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. For a frequency table, find the position of each quartile, then use a running total of the frequencies to find the value in that position.
- Add up the frequencies. This is the number of values, n.2 + 6 + 9 + 8 + 6 = 31
- Work out the positions of the quartiles. Q1 is at (n + 1) ÷ 4, the median at (n + 1) ÷ 2, and Q3 at 3(n + 1) ÷ 4.(31 + 1) ÷ 4 = 8
(31 + 1) ÷ 2 = 16
3 × (31 + 1) ÷ 4 = 24 - Add a running total column. The running total shows which positions each value occupies.
Calls Frequency Running total 1 2 2 2 6 8 3 9 17 4 8 25 5 6 31 - Find the value at each position. Look for the first row where the running total reaches the position.Position 8: row for 2 (positions 3 to 8), so Q1 = 2
Position 16: row for 3, so median = 3
Position 24: row for 4 (positions 18 to 25), so Q3 = 4 - Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1.4 − 2 = 2
Check. The running total before the row for Q1 is less than 8, and in the row for Q1 it is at least 8. ✓
Watch out. Use (n + 1) ÷ 4 for a frequency table of single values. Give the value, not the position.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Work out the range and IQR before and after adding the new value, then compare the changes.
- Before: range. Biggest minus smallest.22 − 12 = 10
- Before: IQR. The 7 values give Q1 = 14 and Q3 = 20.20 − 14 = 6
- After: range. The biggest value is now 60.60 − 12 = 48
- After: IQR. The 8 values give lower half 12, 14, 15, 17 (Q1 = 14.5) and upper half 18, 20, 22, 60 (Q3 = 21).21 − 14.5 = 6.5
- Compare. The range jumped from 10 to 48. The IQR changed from 6 to 6.5.The range is badly affected by the outlier. The IQR is hardly affected.
Check. The new value is far above the others, so it is at the very end of the data and only nudges the quartiles. ✓
Watch out. Use the IQR instead of the range when the data has extreme values.
Watch out
Put the data in order first. And with an odd number of values, leave out the median when you split the data into two halves.Exercise 24L Quartiles and the interquartile range
Non-calculatorKey words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the median of the lower half, Q3 is the median of the upper half, and IQR = Q3 − Q1.
- Write the values in order. Quartiles are found from ordered data.2, 4, 7, 9, 12, 15, 20
- Find the median (Q2). The median splits the data into a lower half and an upper half.n = 7, median = 9 (the middle value)
- Split into two halves, leaving out the median. With an odd number of values the median belongs to neither half.Lower half: 2, 4, 7
Upper half: 12, 15, 20 - Q1 is the median of the lower half. It is the value a quarter of the way through the data.Q1 = 4
- Q3 is the median of the upper half. It is the value three quarters of the way through the data.Q3 = 15
- Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1: the spread of the middle half of the data.15 − 4 = 11
Check. About a quarter of the values are below Q1 and a quarter are above Q3. Here 1 are below 4 and 1 are above 15. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to put the data in order first, and leave out the median when you split an odd number of values.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the median of the lower half, Q3 is the median of the upper half, and IQR = Q3 − Q1.
- Write the values in order. Quartiles are found from ordered data.3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12, 15, 17, 20
- Find the median (Q2). The median splits the data into a lower half and an upper half.n = 9, median = 10 (the middle value)
- Split into two halves, leaving out the median. With an odd number of values the median belongs to neither half.Lower half: 3, 5, 7, 8
Upper half: 12, 15, 17, 20 - Q1 is the median of the lower half. It is the value a quarter of the way through the data.Q1 = 6
- Q3 is the median of the upper half. It is the value three quarters of the way through the data.Q3 = 16
- Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1: the spread of the middle half of the data.16 − 6 = 10
Check. About a quarter of the values are below Q1 and a quarter are above Q3. Here 2 are below 6 and 2 are above 16. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to put the data in order first, and leave out the median when you split an odd number of values.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the median of the lower half, Q3 is the median of the upper half, and IQR = Q3 − Q1.
- Write the values in order. Quartiles are found from ordered data.12, 15, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 25, 26, 28, 30
- Find the median (Q2). The median splits the data into a lower half and an upper half.n = 11, median = 22 (the middle value)
- Split into two halves, leaving out the median. With an odd number of values the median belongs to neither half.Lower half: 12, 15, 16, 18, 20
Upper half: 24, 25, 26, 28, 30 - Q1 is the median of the lower half. It is the value a quarter of the way through the data.Q1 = 16
- Q3 is the median of the upper half. It is the value three quarters of the way through the data.Q3 = 26
- Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1: the spread of the middle half of the data.26 − 16 = 10
Check. About a quarter of the values are below Q1 and a quarter are above Q3. Here 2 are below 16 and 2 are above 26. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to put the data in order first, and leave out the median when you split an odd number of values.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the median of the lower half, Q3 is the median of the upper half, and IQR = Q3 − Q1.
- Write the values in order. Quartiles are found from ordered data.0.8, 1.5, 1.9, 2.1, 2.4, 2.7, 3.2
- Find the median (Q2). The median splits the data into a lower half and an upper half.n = 7, median = 2.1 (the middle value)
- Split into two halves, leaving out the median. With an odd number of values the median belongs to neither half.Lower half: 0.8, 1.5, 1.9
Upper half: 2.4, 2.7, 3.2 - Q1 is the median of the lower half. It is the value a quarter of the way through the data.Q1 = 1.5
- Q3 is the median of the upper half. It is the value three quarters of the way through the data.Q3 = 2.7
- Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1: the spread of the middle half of the data.2.7 − 1.5 = 1.2
Check. About a quarter of the values are below Q1 and a quarter are above Q3. Here 1 are below 1.5 and 1 are above 2.7. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to put the data in order first, and leave out the median when you split an odd number of values.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the median of the lower half, Q3 is the median of the upper half, and IQR = Q3 − Q1.
- Write the values in order. Quartiles are found from ordered data.4, 7, 9, 12, 15, 18
- Find the median (Q2). The median splits the data into a lower half and an upper half.n = 6, median = 10.5 (halfway between the two middle values)
- Split into two equal halves. With an even number of values, the lower half is the first half of the list.Lower half: 4, 7, 9
Upper half: 12, 15, 18 - Q1 is the median of the lower half. It is the value a quarter of the way through the data.Q1 = 7
- Q3 is the median of the upper half. It is the value three quarters of the way through the data.Q3 = 15
- Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1: the spread of the middle half of the data.15 − 7 = 8
Check. Half of the 6 values lie between Q1 and Q3. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to put the data in order first, and leave out the median when you split an odd number of values.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the median of the lower half, Q3 is the median of the upper half, and IQR = Q3 − Q1.
- Write the values in order. Quartiles are found from ordered data.22, 25, 28, 30, 31, 35, 38, 40
- Find the median (Q2). The median splits the data into a lower half and an upper half.n = 8, median = 30.5 (halfway between the two middle values)
- Split into two equal halves. With an even number of values, the lower half is the first half of the list.Lower half: 22, 25, 28, 30
Upper half: 31, 35, 38, 40 - Q1 is the median of the lower half. It is the value a quarter of the way through the data.Q1 = 26.5
- Q3 is the median of the upper half. It is the value three quarters of the way through the data.Q3 = 36.5
- Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1: the spread of the middle half of the data.36.5 − 26.5 = 10
Check. Half of the 8 values lie between Q1 and Q3. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to put the data in order first, and leave out the median when you split an odd number of values.
| Value | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 2 | 6 | 9 | 8 | 6 |
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. For a frequency table, find the position of each quartile, then use a running total of the frequencies to find the value in that position.
- Add up the frequencies. This is the number of values, n.2 + 6 + 9 + 8 + 6 = 31
- Work out the positions of the quartiles. Q1 is at (n + 1) ÷ 4, the median at (n + 1) ÷ 2, and Q3 at 3(n + 1) ÷ 4.(31 + 1) ÷ 4 = 8
(31 + 1) ÷ 2 = 16
3 × (31 + 1) ÷ 4 = 24 - Add a running total column. The running total shows which positions each value occupies.
Value Frequency Running total 1 2 2 2 6 8 3 9 17 4 8 25 5 6 31 - Find the value at each position. Look for the first row where the running total reaches the position.Position 8: row for 2 (positions 3 to 8), so Q1 = 2
Position 16: row for 3, so median = 3
Position 24: row for 4 (positions 18 to 25), so Q3 = 4 - Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1.4 − 2 = 2
Check. The running total before the row for Q1 is less than 8, and in the row for Q1 it is at least 8. ✓
Watch out. Use (n + 1) ÷ 4 for a frequency table of single values. Give the value, not the position.
| Value | 10 | 20 | 30 | 40 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Frequency | 4 | 7 | 9 | 3 |
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. For a frequency table, find the position of each quartile, then use a running total of the frequencies to find the value in that position.
- Add up the frequencies. This is the number of values, n.4 + 7 + 9 + 3 = 23
- Work out the positions of the quartiles. Q1 is at (n + 1) ÷ 4, the median at (n + 1) ÷ 2, and Q3 at 3(n + 1) ÷ 4.(23 + 1) ÷ 4 = 6
(23 + 1) ÷ 2 = 12
3 × (23 + 1) ÷ 4 = 18 - Add a running total column. The running total shows which positions each value occupies.
Value Frequency Running total 10 4 4 20 7 11 30 9 20 40 3 23 - Find the value at each position. Look for the first row where the running total reaches the position.Position 6: row for 20 (positions 5 to 11), so Q1 = 20
Position 12: row for 30, so median = 30
Position 18: row for 30 (positions 12 to 20), so Q3 = 30 - Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1.30 − 20 = 10
Check. The running total before the row for Q1 is less than 6, and in the row for Q1 it is at least 6. ✓
Watch out. Use (n + 1) ÷ 4 for a frequency table of single values. Give the value, not the position.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the median of the lower half, Q3 is the median of the upper half, and IQR = Q3 − Q1.
- Write the values in order. Quartiles are found from ordered data.19, 22, 23, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, 38, 42, 45
- Find the median (Q2). The median splits the data into a lower half and an upper half.n = 11, median = 31 (the middle value)
- Split into two halves, leaving out the median. With an odd number of values the median belongs to neither half.Lower half: 19, 22, 23, 27, 29
Upper half: 33, 35, 38, 42, 45 - Q1 is the median of the lower half. It is the value a quarter of the way through the data.Q1 = 23
- Q3 is the median of the upper half. It is the value three quarters of the way through the data.Q3 = 38
- Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1: the spread of the middle half of the data.38 − 23 = 15
Check. About a quarter of the values are below Q1 and a quarter are above Q3. Here 2 are below 23 and 2 are above 38. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to put the data in order first, and leave out the median when you split an odd number of values.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. The data must be in order before the quartiles can be found.
- Find the mistake. Hannah took the first and last numbers of the unordered list as the quartiles. The quartiles must be found from the ordered data.She did not put the data in order.
- Order the data. Smallest to largest.3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 12, 15
- Find the median. 7 values, so the 4th.Median = 7
- Find Q1 and Q3. Lower half 3, 4, 6; upper half 9, 12, 15. The medians of the halves are the middle values.Q1 = 4, Q3 = 12
- Subtract. 12 − 4 = 8
Check. The middle half of the data runs from 4 to 12, a width of 8. ✓
Watch out. Always order first.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. IQR = Q3 − Q1, so Q3 = IQR + Q1.
- Write the rule. IQR = Q3 − Q1
- Rearrange. Add Q1 to both sides.Q3 = IQR + Q1
- Substitute. 12 + 9 = 21
Check. 21 − 9 = 12, which is the IQR. ✓
Watch out. The median is not needed for this question.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Quartiles split the data into four equal groups. The values between Q1 and Q3 are the middle two groups.
- Find the number in each quarter. Four equal parts of 80.80 ÷ 4 = 20
- Find how many are between Q1 and Q3. That is the middle two quarters.2 × 20 = 40
Check. The IQR contains 50% of the data and 50% of 80 is 40. ✓
Watch out. The IQR covers the middle half of the data.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value.
- Find the biggest value. The range measures how spread out the data is, from one end to the other.Biggest = 60
- Find the smallest value. Smallest = 12
- Subtract: biggest minus smallest. The range is the gap between the two ends.60 − 12 = 48
Check. Count on from 12 by 48 and you reach 60. ✓
Watch out. The range is one number (the difference), not the pair “from 12 to 60”.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the median of the lower half, Q3 is the median of the upper half, and IQR = Q3 − Q1.
- Write the values in order. Quartiles are found from ordered data.12, 14, 15, 17, 18, 20, 22, 60
- Find the median (Q2). The median splits the data into a lower half and an upper half.n = 8, median = 17.5 (halfway between the two middle values)
- Split into two equal halves. With an even number of values, the lower half is the first half of the list.Lower half: 12, 14, 15, 17
Upper half: 18, 20, 22, 60 - Q1 is the median of the lower half. It is the value a quarter of the way through the data.Q1 = 14.5
- Q3 is the median of the upper half. It is the value three quarters of the way through the data.Q3 = 21
- Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1: the spread of the middle half of the data.21 − 14.5 = 6.5
Check. Half of the 8 values lie between Q1 and Q3. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to put the data in order first, and leave out the median when you split an odd number of values.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Compare what each measure uses.
- The range. It uses only the biggest and the smallest values, which could be outliers.Range = biggest − smallest
- The IQR. It uses the quartiles, which are in the middle of the data, so extreme values are ignored.IQR = Q3 − Q1
- Conclude. One very large or small value can change the range a lot, but hardly changes the IQR.Zara is right.
Check. Adding 60 to 12 to 22 changed the range from 10 to 48 but the IQR only from 6 to 6.5. ✓
Watch out. Mention outliers in the explanation.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Work out the median and IQR for both lists and compare.
- Original list. Q1, median and Q3 from the 7 values.Q1 = 5, median = 10, Q3 = 16, IQR = 11
- New list. The list is now 2, 5, 7, 10, 10, 13, 16, 20. The median is halfway between the 4th and 5th values. Lower half: 2, 5, 7, 10. Upper half: 10, 13, 16, 20.Median = (10 + 10) ÷ 2 = 10
Q1 = (5 + 7) ÷ 2 = 6
Q3 = (13 + 16) ÷ 2 = 14.5
IQR = 14.5 − 6 = 8.5 - Compare. The median is still 10, and the IQR went from 11 to 8.5, which is smaller.
Check. Adding a value at the median moves it into the middle, so both quartiles move towards the median. ✓
Watch out. Work out both lists carefully, remembering to leave out the median only when n is odd.
Club A: 12, 18, 20, 22, 25, 27, 30
Club B: 15, 16, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the median) and a measure of spread (the interquartile range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the median for Club A. An average tells us what is typical.In order: 12, 18, 20, 22, 25, 27, 30; median = 22
- Work out the median for Club B. In order: 15, 16, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24; median = 19
- Work out the interquartile range for Club A. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.Q1 = 18, Q3 = 27, IQR = 27 − 18 = 9
- Work out the interquartile range for Club B. Q1 = 16, Q3 = 22, IQR = 22 − 16 = 6
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, Club A has the higher age (median 22 compared with 19).
Club B is more consistent (smaller interquartile range: 6 compared with 9), so Club A is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. The IQR is Q3 − Q1 and the range is largest − smallest. With seven numbers, Q1 is the 2nd value, the median is the 4th value and Q3 is the 6th value.
- Find the IQR. Upper quartile minus lower quartile.12 − 5 = 7
- Find the range. Largest minus smallest.20 − 2 = 18
- Place the known values. In order the numbers are a, b, c, d, e, f, g with a = 2, b = 5, d = 8, f = 12 and g = 20.2, 5, c, 8, e, 12, 20
- Choose c and e. c must be between 5 and 8, and e between 8 and 12.For example c = 6 and e = 10: 2, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 20
Check. For 2, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 20: median 8, Q1 = 5, Q3 = 12, range 18. ✓
Watch out. Seven numbers means Q1 and Q3 are actual values in the list.
Cumulative frequency graphs
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. It tells us how many values are up to and including the end of each class. A cumulative frequency graph plots each cumulative frequency against the upper boundary of its class and joins the points with a smooth S-shaped curve. It rises from 0 at the start and ends at the total number of values.
Reading the graph. To find the median, go to half of the total (n ÷ 2) on the vertical axis, across to the curve and down to the horizontal axis. For the lower quartile use n ÷ 4 and for the upper quartile use 3n ÷ 4. The interquartile range is the upper quartile minus the lower quartile. A percentile works in the same way: the 90th percentile is at 90% of n. These readings are estimates. Notice that on a cumulative frequency graph we use n ÷ 2, n ÷ 4 and 3n ÷ 4, not (n + 1) ÷ 2 and so on.
To find how many values are less than a given value, go up from that value to the curve and across to the cumulative frequency axis. To find how many are more than a value, subtract that reading from the total.
Key ideas
- Cumulative frequency = running total of the frequencies.
- Plot (upper class boundary, cumulative frequency), starting with (lowest boundary, 0), and join with a smooth curve.
- Median at n ÷ 2, lower quartile at n ÷ 4, upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4. IQR = Q3 − Q1.
- Percentiles: the p-th percentile is at p% of n.
- To find the number above a value, read the cumulative frequency and subtract it from the total.
- Readings from a graph are estimates.
| Time | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < t ≤ 10 min | 4 |
| 10 < t ≤ 20 min | 10 |
| 20 < t ≤ 30 min | 22 |
| 30 < t ≤ 40 min | 25 |
| 40 < t ≤ 50 min | 13 |
| 50 < t ≤ 60 min | 6 |
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Cumulative frequency is a running total: add each frequency to the total of all the earlier ones.
- Start the running total with the first frequency. Cumulative frequency means “how many values so far”.First class: 4
- Add the next frequency to the total so far (10 < t ≤ 20 min). Each cumulative frequency is the previous one plus this class’s frequency.4 + 10 = 14
- Add the next frequency to the total so far (20 < t ≤ 30 min). Each cumulative frequency is the previous one plus this class’s frequency.14 + 22 = 36
- Add the next frequency to the total so far (30 < t ≤ 40 min). Each cumulative frequency is the previous one plus this class’s frequency.36 + 25 = 61
- Add the next frequency to the total so far (40 < t ≤ 50 min). Each cumulative frequency is the previous one plus this class’s frequency.61 + 13 = 74
- Add the next frequency to the total so far (50 < t ≤ 60 min). Each cumulative frequency is the previous one plus this class’s frequency.74 + 6 = 80
- Check the last number. The last cumulative frequency must equal the total number of values.Total of frequencies = 80 = last cumulative frequency 80
Check. The last running total (80) equals the sum of all the frequencies. ✓
Watch out. The cumulative frequency never goes down, and the last one is the total number of data values.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Make a cumulative frequency table, then plot each cumulative frequency against the upper end of its class, and join the points with a smooth curve.
- Work out the cumulative frequencies. Add each frequency to the total so far.
Time Frequency Cumulative frequency 0 < t ≤ 10 min 4 4 10 < t ≤ 20 min 10 14 20 < t ≤ 30 min 22 36 30 < t ≤ 40 min 25 61 40 < t ≤ 50 min 13 74 50 < t ≤ 60 min 6 80 - Write the points to plot. Plot each cumulative frequency at the upper class boundary, because that is the point by which that many values have been counted. Start at (0, 0): nothing is below the first lower boundary.(0, 0), (10, 4), (20, 14), (30, 36), (40, 61), (50, 74), (60, 80)
- Choose scales and plot the points. The horizontal axis goes from the lowest to the highest class boundary. The vertical axis goes from 0 to the total frequency.Horizontal axis: Time taken (minutes). Vertical axis: cumulative frequency up to 80.
- Join the points with a smooth curve. The curve is S-shaped and never goes down.
Check. The curve starts at 0 and ends at the total frequency, 80. ✓
Watch out. Plot at the upper boundary of each class, not the midpoint and not the lower boundary.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. On a cumulative frequency graph, the median is at height n ÷ 2, the lower quartile at n ÷ 4 and the upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4. Read across to the curve and down to the axis.
- Find the total number of values. The last cumulative frequency is the total, n.n = 80
- Work out the heights to read at. Lower quartile at n ÷ 4, median at n ÷ 2, upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4.n ÷ 4 = 20
n ÷ 2 = 40
3n ÷ 4 = 60 - Draw a horizontal line across from each height to the curve, then straight down to the axis. The value on the horizontal axis is the quartile.
- Read the three values. Read the scale carefully. The answers are estimates.Q1 ≈ 23.5 min
Median ≈ 31.5 min
Q3 ≈ 39.5 min - Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1.39.5 − 23.5 = 16 min
Check. Going up from each reading to the curve and across should give the heights again. ✓
Watch out. Read heights from the cumulative frequency axis and answers from the data axis. Do not use n + 1 here.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Read the cumulative frequency at the value. This is the number of values up to that value; subtract from the total to get the number above it.
- Find 45 minutes on the horizontal axis and go up to the curve. The curve shows how many values are at or below each value.
- Read across to the cumulative frequency axis. This gives the number of values up to 45.Cumulative frequency = 69
- Subtract from the total to find how many are more than that. The last cumulative frequency is the total.80 − 69 = 11
Check. 69 below plus 11 above makes 80, the total. ✓
Watch out. The reading gives the number below the value. For “more than” you must subtract from the total.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Cumulative frequency graphs are read by going across from the cumulative frequency to the curve, then down to the axis.
- Find the position on the cumulative frequency axis. The total cumulative frequency is n = 80. The 90th percentile is 90% of the way through the data: 90 ÷ 100 × 80 = 72.Position = 72
- Draw a horizontal line across from that height to the curve. We want the data value that has this many values at or below it.
- Draw a vertical line down to the horizontal axis and read the value. Read the scale carefully. The result is an estimate.90th percentile ≈ 48 min
Check. Going up from your answer to the curve and across should give the same height again. ✓
Watch out. Read across from the cumulative frequency axis. The frequency axis is the vertical one, the data axis is the horizontal one.
Watch out
Plot at the upper class boundary (not the midpoint), and start the curve at (lowest boundary, 0). When reading, use n ÷ 2, n ÷ 4 and 3n ÷ 4: do not add 1.Exercise 24M Cumulative frequency graphs
Non-calculator| Height | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 10 < h ≤ 20 cm | 5 |
| 20 < h ≤ 30 cm | 12 |
| 30 < h ≤ 40 cm | 24 |
| 40 < h ≤ 50 cm | 14 |
| 50 < h ≤ 60 cm | 5 |
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Cumulative frequency is a running total: add each frequency to the total of all the earlier ones.
- Start the running total with the first frequency. Cumulative frequency means “how many values so far”.First class: 5
- Add the next frequency to the total so far (20 < h ≤ 30 cm). Each cumulative frequency is the previous one plus this class’s frequency.5 + 12 = 17
- Add the next frequency to the total so far (30 < h ≤ 40 cm). Each cumulative frequency is the previous one plus this class’s frequency.17 + 24 = 41
- Add the next frequency to the total so far (40 < h ≤ 50 cm). Each cumulative frequency is the previous one plus this class’s frequency.41 + 14 = 55
- Add the next frequency to the total so far (50 < h ≤ 60 cm). Each cumulative frequency is the previous one plus this class’s frequency.55 + 5 = 60
- Check the last number. The last cumulative frequency must equal the total number of values.Total of frequencies = 60 = last cumulative frequency 60
Check. The last running total (60) equals the sum of all the frequencies. ✓
Watch out. The cumulative frequency never goes down, and the last one is the total number of data values.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Make a cumulative frequency table, then plot each cumulative frequency against the upper end of its class, and join the points with a smooth curve.
- Work out the cumulative frequencies. Add each frequency to the total so far.
Height Frequency Cumulative frequency 10 < h ≤ 20 cm 5 5 20 < h ≤ 30 cm 12 17 30 < h ≤ 40 cm 24 41 40 < h ≤ 50 cm 14 55 50 < h ≤ 60 cm 5 60 - Write the points to plot. Plot each cumulative frequency at the upper class boundary, because that is the point by which that many values have been counted. Start at (10, 0): nothing is below the first lower boundary.(10, 0), (20, 5), (30, 17), (40, 41), (50, 55), (60, 60)
- Choose scales and plot the points. The horizontal axis goes from the lowest to the highest class boundary. The vertical axis goes from 0 to the total frequency.Horizontal axis: Height (cm). Vertical axis: cumulative frequency up to 60.
- Join the points with a smooth curve. The curve is S-shaped and never goes down.
Check. The curve starts at 0 and ends at the total frequency, 60. ✓
Watch out. Plot at the upper boundary of each class, not the midpoint and not the lower boundary.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. On a cumulative frequency graph, the median is at height n ÷ 2, the lower quartile at n ÷ 4 and the upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4. Read across to the curve and down to the axis.
- Find the total number of values. The last cumulative frequency is the total, n.n = 80
- Work out the heights to read at. Lower quartile at n ÷ 4, median at n ÷ 2, upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4.n ÷ 4 = 20
n ÷ 2 = 40
3n ÷ 4 = 60 - Draw a horizontal line across from each height to the curve, then straight down to the axis. The value on the horizontal axis is the quartile.
- Read the three values. Read the scale carefully. The answers are estimates.Q1 ≈ 23.5 min
Median ≈ 31.5 min
Q3 ≈ 39.5 min
Check. Going up from each reading to the curve and across should give the heights again. ✓
Watch out. Read heights from the cumulative frequency axis and answers from the data axis. Do not use n + 1 here.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. On a cumulative frequency graph, the median is at height n ÷ 2, the lower quartile at n ÷ 4 and the upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4. Read across to the curve and down to the axis.
- Find the total number of values. The last cumulative frequency is the total, n.n = 80
- Work out the heights to read at. Lower quartile at n ÷ 4, median at n ÷ 2, upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4.n ÷ 4 = 20
n ÷ 2 = 40
3n ÷ 4 = 60 - Draw a horizontal line across from each height to the curve, then straight down to the axis. The value on the horizontal axis is the quartile.
- Read the three values. Read the scale carefully. The answers are estimates.Q1 ≈ 23.5 min
Median ≈ 31.5 min
Q3 ≈ 39.5 min
Check. Going up from each reading to the curve and across should give the heights again. ✓
Watch out. Read heights from the cumulative frequency axis and answers from the data axis. Do not use n + 1 here.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. On a cumulative frequency graph, the median is at height n ÷ 2, the lower quartile at n ÷ 4 and the upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4. Read across to the curve and down to the axis.
- Find the total number of values. The last cumulative frequency is the total, n.n = 80
- Work out the heights to read at. Lower quartile at n ÷ 4, median at n ÷ 2, upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4.n ÷ 4 = 20
n ÷ 2 = 40
3n ÷ 4 = 60 - Draw a horizontal line across from each height to the curve, then straight down to the axis. The value on the horizontal axis is the quartile.
- Read the three values. Read the scale carefully. The answers are estimates.Q1 ≈ 23.5 min
Median ≈ 31.5 min
Q3 ≈ 39.5 min
Check. Going up from each reading to the curve and across should give the heights again. ✓
Watch out. Read heights from the cumulative frequency axis and answers from the data axis. Do not use n + 1 here.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. On a cumulative frequency graph, the median is at height n ÷ 2, the lower quartile at n ÷ 4 and the upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4. Read across to the curve and down to the axis.
- Find the total number of values. The last cumulative frequency is the total, n.n = 80
- Work out the heights to read at. Lower quartile at n ÷ 4, median at n ÷ 2, upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4.n ÷ 4 = 20
n ÷ 2 = 40
3n ÷ 4 = 60 - Draw a horizontal line across from each height to the curve, then straight down to the axis. The value on the horizontal axis is the quartile.
- Read the three values. Read the scale carefully. The answers are estimates.Q1 ≈ 23.5 min
Median ≈ 31.5 min
Q3 ≈ 39.5 min - Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1.39.5 − 23.5 = 16 min
Check. Going up from each reading to the curve and across should give the heights again. ✓
Watch out. Read heights from the cumulative frequency axis and answers from the data axis. Do not use n + 1 here.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Read the cumulative frequency at the value. This is the number of values up to that value; subtract from the total to get the number above it.
- Find 45 minutes on the horizontal axis and go up to the curve. The curve shows how many values are at or below each value.
- Read across to the cumulative frequency axis. This gives the number of values up to 45.Cumulative frequency = 69
- Subtract from the total to find how many are more than that. The last cumulative frequency is the total.80 − 69 = 11
Check. 69 below plus 11 above makes 80, the total. ✓
Watch out. The reading gives the number below the value. For “more than” you must subtract from the total.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Read the cumulative frequency at the value. This is the number of values up to that value; subtract from the total to get the number above it.
- Find 25 minutes on the horizontal axis and go up to the curve. The curve shows how many values are at or below each value.
- Read across to the cumulative frequency axis. This gives the number of values up to 25.Cumulative frequency = 24
Check. 24 below plus 56 above makes 80, the total. ✓
Watch out. The reading gives the number below the value. For “more than” you must subtract from the total.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Read the number of workers who took less than 20 minutes, then write it as a percentage of the total.
- Read the graph at 20 minutes. The point on the curve at 20 minutes is the cumulative frequency, the number of workers who took 20 minutes or less.14 workers
- Write it as a fraction of 80. The total is 80.1480
- Change to a percentage. Divide by 80 and multiply by 100.14 ÷ 80 × 100 = 17.5%
Check. 17.5% of 80 = 14. ✓
Watch out. The whole is 80, the total number of workers.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Cumulative frequency graphs are read by going across from the cumulative frequency to the curve, then down to the axis.
- Find the position on the cumulative frequency axis. The total cumulative frequency is n = 80. The 90th percentile is 90% of the way through the data: 90 ÷ 100 × 80 = 72.Position = 72
- Draw a horizontal line across from that height to the curve. We want the data value that has this many values at or below it.
- Draw a vertical line down to the horizontal axis and read the value. Read the scale carefully. The result is an estimate.90th percentile ≈ 48 min
Check. Going up from your answer to the curve and across should give the same height again. ✓
Watch out. Read across from the cumulative frequency axis. The frequency axis is the vertical one, the data axis is the horizontal one.
| Mark | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < m ≤ 20 | 4 |
| 20 < m ≤ 30 | 10 |
| 30 < m ≤ 40 | 18 |
| 40 < m ≤ 50 | 24 |
| 50 < m ≤ 60 | 22 |
| 60 < m ≤ 80 | 16 |
| 80 < m ≤ 100 | 6 |
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Make a cumulative frequency table, then plot each cumulative frequency against the upper end of its class, and join the points with a smooth curve.
- Work out the cumulative frequencies. Add each frequency to the total so far.
Mark Frequency Cumulative frequency 0 < m ≤ 20 4 4 20 < m ≤ 30 10 14 30 < m ≤ 40 18 32 40 < m ≤ 50 24 56 50 < m ≤ 60 22 78 60 < m ≤ 80 16 94 80 < m ≤ 100 6 100 - Write the points to plot. Plot each cumulative frequency at the upper class boundary, because that is the point by which that many values have been counted. Start at (0, 0): nothing is below the first lower boundary.(0, 0), (20, 4), (30, 14), (40, 32), (50, 56), (60, 78), (80, 94), (100, 100)
- Choose scales and plot the points. The horizontal axis goes from the lowest to the highest class boundary. The vertical axis goes from 0 to the total frequency.Horizontal axis: Mark. Vertical axis: cumulative frequency up to 100.
- Join the points with a smooth curve. The curve is S-shaped and never goes down.
Check. The curve starts at 0 and ends at the total frequency, 100. ✓
Watch out. Plot at the upper boundary of each class, not the midpoint and not the lower boundary.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Read at n ÷ 2 = 20 on the vertical axis for each curve.
- Class A (blue). Go across at 20 to the blue curve, then down.Median ≈ 50
- Class B (orange). Go across at 20 to the orange curve, then down.Median ≈ 64
Check. The orange curve is to the right of the blue curve at height 20. ✓
Watch out. Read the right curve.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Read at n ÷ 4 = 10 and 3n ÷ 4 = 30 for each curve.
- Class A. Q1 ≈ 36 and Q3 ≈ 64.64 − 36 = 28
- Class B. Q1 ≈ 49 and Q3 ≈ 75.75 − 49 = 26
Check. Both readings are estimates, so small differences are fine. ✓
Watch out. IQR = Q3 − Q1.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Compare an average (median) and a spread (IQR).
- Compare medians. Class B 64 is bigger than class A 50
- Compare IQRs. A: 28, B: 26
- Write in context. Class B scored higher on average, and the spread of the marks is compared above.
Check. Each sentence uses numbers read from the graphs. ✓
Watch out. Compare medians with medians and IQRs with IQRs.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Cumulative frequency graphs are read by going across from the cumulative frequency to the curve, then down to the axis.
- Find the position on the cumulative frequency axis. The total cumulative frequency is n = 80. The 15th percentile is 15% of the way through the data: 15 ÷ 100 × 80 = 12.Position = 12
- Draw a horizontal line across from that height to the curve. We want the data value that has this many values at or below it.
- Draw a vertical line down to the horizontal axis and read the value. Read the scale carefully. The result is an estimate.15th percentile ≈ 18.5 min
Check. Going up from your answer to the curve and across should give the same height again. ✓
Watch out. Read across from the cumulative frequency axis. The frequency axis is the vertical one, the data axis is the horizontal one.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Read the cumulative frequency at 45 minutes and at 25 minutes, then subtract: that leaves the workers between the two times.
- Read the graph at 45 minutes. Go up from 45 to the curve and across.69 workers took up to 45 minutes
- Read the graph at 25 minutes. Go up from 25 to the curve and across.24 workers took up to 25 minutes
- Subtract. The difference is the number between the two times.69 − 24 = 45
Check. 24 + 45 = 69. ✓
Watch out. Subtract the two cumulative frequencies; do not add them.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Think about what the cumulative frequency value means.
- What does the running total mean? The cumulative frequency for a class counts every value in that class and all the classes before it.For the class 20 < t ≤ 30, the running total counts everybody up to 30 minutes.
- Where do those values end? Only at the upper boundary can we say that all of them are at or below it.Upper boundary = 30
- Conclude. We plot at the upper boundary.
Check. At the midpoint (25) we would not have counted all the values in that class. ✓
Watch out. Plot (upper boundary, cumulative frequency).
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. The frequency in a class is the difference between consecutive cumulative frequencies.
- Read the two cumulative frequencies. At 30 and at 20.At 30: 70. At 20: 40.
- Subtract. 70 − 40 = 30
Check. 40 + 30 = 70. ✓
Watch out. Subtract consecutive cumulative frequencies.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. The cumulative frequency at 20 is 40, and the total is 80.
- Find the fraction. Part over whole.4080 = 12
- Change to a percentage. 50%
Check. Half of 80 is 40. ✓
Watch out. The total is the last cumulative frequency (80).
| Time, t (minutes) | Frequency | Cumulative frequency |
|---|---|---|
| 0 < t ≤ 10 | 6 | 6 |
| 10 < t ≤ 20 | 14 | ? |
| 20 < t ≤ 30 | ? | 45 |
| 30 < t ≤ 40 | 9 | ? |
| 40 < t ≤ 50 | ? | 60 |
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Each cumulative frequency is the previous one plus this class’s frequency. Use this in both directions to find the missing numbers.
- Class 10 < t ≤ 20. Cumulative frequency = 6 + 14.6 + 14 = 20
- Class 20 < t ≤ 30. The cumulative frequency went from 20 to 45, so the frequency is the difference.45 − 20 = 25
- Class 30 < t ≤ 40. Add 9 to the previous cumulative frequency.45 + 9 = 54
- Class 40 < t ≤ 50. The total goes from 54 to 60.60 − 54 = 6
Check. 6 + 14 + 25 + 9 + 6 = 60, the last cumulative frequency. ✓
Watch out. Frequency = difference between consecutive cumulative frequencies.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. The lower quartile has a quarter of the values below it, and the upper quartile has three quarters below. So the middle half lies between them.
- Find the number below Q1. A quarter of 120.120 ÷ 4 = 30
- Find the number below Q3. Three quarters of 120.3 × 30 = 90
- Subtract. The values between the quartiles.90 − 30 = 60
Check. The IQR holds 50% of 120 = 60. ✓
Watch out. Between the quartiles is always half of the data.
Box plots and outliers
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A box plot (or box-and-whisker diagram) shows the main features of a distribution using five numbers, called the five-number summary: the smallest value, the lower quartile (Q1), the median (Q2), the upper quartile (Q3) and the largest value. The box goes from Q1 to Q3 with a line at the median. The whiskers are lines from the box to the smallest and the largest values. The box holds the middle half of the data. Each whisker and each half of the box holds one quarter of the data.
Reading a box plot. The median is the line in the box. The range is the largest minus the smallest. The IQR is the length of the box (Q3 − Q1). About 25% of the data lies in each section: from the smallest value to Q1, from Q1 to the median, from the median to Q3, and from Q3 to the largest value.
Comparing box plots. Compare the medians (a typical value), and compare the IQRs (the lengths of the boxes) or the ranges (the overall spread). Always write your comparison in context.
Outliers. An outlier is a value that is far from the rest of the data. A common rule says a value is an outlier if it is more than 1.5 × IQR above Q3 or below Q1. In a box plot an outlier is shown as a cross, and the whisker then goes to the most extreme value that is not an outlier. Outliers might be genuine unusual values or mistakes, so we should check them rather than just deleting them.
Key ideas
- Five-number summary: smallest, Q1, median, Q3, largest.
- The box is the middle 50% of the data. Each of the four sections holds 25%.
- Range = largest − smallest. IQR = length of the box = Q3 − Q1.
- Compare box plots using medians and IQRs, in context.
- Outlier rule: below Q1 − 1.5 × IQR or above Q3 + 1.5 × IQR. Show outliers as crosses.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. A box plot is drawn from five numbers: the smallest value, the lower quartile, the median, the upper quartile and the largest value.
- Write the data in order. We need the ordered data to find the quartiles.23, 34, 38, 41, 45, 48, 52, 55, 60, 66, 78
- Find the median, lower quartile and upper quartile. Q1 is the median of the lower half and Q3 is the median of the upper half.Median = 48, Q1 = 38, Q3 = 60
- Write down the smallest and largest values. These are the ends of the whiskers.Smallest = 23, largest = 78
- Draw a scale and then the box plot. Draw a box from Q1 to Q3 with a line at the median, then whiskers to the smallest and largest values.
Check. The box holds the middle half of the data, and the line is inside the box. ✓
Watch out. The five numbers must be in order: smallest < Q1 < median < Q3 < largest, and the scale must be even.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Read the median and find the IQR of each box plot, then compare them.
- Read the medians. The median is the line inside each box.Class A: 48
Class B: 49 - Find the IQRs. IQR = Q3 − Q1, the length of the box.Class A: 60 − 38 = 22
Class B: 57 − 42 = 15 - Find the ranges. Largest minus smallest.Class A: 78 − 23 = 55
Class B: 64 − 30 = 34 - Write the comparison. Use the medians for the average and the IQRs for the spread, in context.The classes have similar median marks (A: 48, B: 49) but class B is more consistent: its IQR is 15 compared with 22.
Check. Class B has the shorter box and the shorter whiskers. ✓
Watch out. Compare an average and a spread, and use the words of the question.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. An outlier is a value that is far from the rest. One rule says a value is an outlier if it is more than 1.5 × IQR below Q1 or above Q3.
- Work out the IQR. IQR = Q3 − Q1.21 − 14.5 = 6.5
- Work out 1.5 × IQR. This is the allowed distance from the quartiles.1.5 × 6.5 = 9.75
- Work out the lower limit. Take it away from Q1.14.5 − 9.75 = 4.75
- Work out the upper limit. Add it to Q3.21 + 9.75 = 30.75
- Compare each value with the limits. A value below the lower limit or above the upper limit is an outlier.Outliers: 60
Check. Every other value lies between 4.75 and 30.75. ✓
Watch out. The limits are measured from Q1 and Q3, not from the median.
(Q1 = 14.5, median = 17.5, Q3 = 21, smallest = 12.)
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. The outlier is plotted as a cross. The upper whisker ends at the largest value that is not an outlier.
- Find the largest value that is not an outlier. The value 60 is an outlier. The next largest value is 22.Whisker goes up to 22.
- Write the five numbers for the box plot. Use the smallest value, Q1, median, Q3 and the largest non-outlier.12, 14.5, 17.5, 21, 22
- Draw the box plot and mark 60 with a cross. A cross shows that the value is an outlier.
Check. The cross at 60 is far from the end of the whisker at 22. ✓
Watch out. Do not extend the whisker to the outlier: mark it separately with a cross.
Watch out
A box plot does not show the mean, and a longer box does not mean there is more data. A box plot also does not show how many values there are. Compare the box plots’ medians and IQRs, and mention both.Exercise 24N Box plots and outliers
Non-calculatorKey words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. A box plot is drawn from five numbers: the smallest value, the lower quartile, the median, the upper quartile and the largest value.
- Write the data in order. We need the ordered data to find the quartiles.8, 11, 14, 15, 17, 19, 22, 25, 30
- Find the median, lower quartile and upper quartile. Q1 is the median of the lower half and Q3 is the median of the upper half.Median = 17, Q1 = 12.5, Q3 = 23.5
- Write down the smallest and largest values. These are the ends of the whiskers.Smallest = 8, largest = 30
- Draw a scale and then the box plot. Draw a box from Q1 to Q3 with a line at the median, then whiskers to the smallest and largest values.
Check. The box holds the middle half of the data, and the line is inside the box. ✓
Watch out. The five numbers must be in order: smallest < Q1 < median < Q3 < largest, and the scale must be even.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. A box plot is drawn from five numbers: the smallest value, the lower quartile, the median, the upper quartile and the largest value.
- Write the data in order. We need the ordered data to find the quartiles.38, 41, 43, 45, 47, 50, 52, 60
- Find the median, lower quartile and upper quartile. Q1 is the median of the lower half and Q3 is the median of the upper half.Median = 46, Q1 = 42, Q3 = 51
- Write down the smallest and largest values. These are the ends of the whiskers.Smallest = 38, largest = 60
- Draw a scale and then the box plot. Draw a box from Q1 to Q3 with a line at the median, then whiskers to the smallest and largest values.
Check. The box holds the middle half of the data, and the line is inside the box. ✓
Watch out. The five numbers must be in order: smallest < Q1 < median < Q3 < largest, and the scale must be even.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. The median is the line inside the box.
- Find group A’s box. The box runs from 20 to 38.
- Read the line inside it. Median = 26
Check. 26 lies between 20 and 38. ✓
Watch out. The median is the line, not the end of the box.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. IQR = Q3 − Q1: the length of the box.
- Group A. The box runs from 20 to 38.38 − 20 = 18
- Group B. The box runs from 22 to 34.34 − 22 = 12
Check. Group A’s box is longer. ✓
Watch out. Use the ends of the box, not the whiskers.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Range = largest − smallest: the ends of the whiskers.
- Read the ends of B’s whiskers. Smallest 15, largest 48
- Subtract. 48 − 15 = 33
Check. 15 + 33 = 48. ✓
Watch out. The range uses the whisker ends, not the box.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Compare medians and IQRs.
- Medians. 30 > 26.Group B took longer on average.
- Spread. B’s box (12) is shorter than A’s (18), and its range (33) is smaller than A’s (43).Group B is more consistent.
- Write it in context. On average group B took longer (median 30 minutes compared with 26 minutes), but the times of group B were more consistent.
Check. Each sentence uses numbers from the diagram. ✓
Watch out. Write about the times in the context of the puzzle.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Q3 has three quarters of the data below it.
- Think about the quartile. Three quarters of the data is at or below Q3.One quarter is above.
- Write the fraction. 14
Check. The upper whisker holds the top 25%. ✓
Watch out. Each section of a box plot holds a quarter of the data.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. This section is one quarter of the data.
- Decide what fraction of the data this section holds. The quartiles and median cut the data into four equal sections, and this is one of them.One quarter
- Find a quarter of 80. Divide by 4.80 ÷ 4 = 20
Check. Four sections of 20 make 80. ✓
Watch out. The sections are not equal in length, but they each hold the same number of values.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Think about what the five numbers tell us.
- What is shown? The smallest, Q1, median, Q3 and largest.Five numbers.
- What is not shown? The same five numbers could come from 8 plants or from 800 plants.The sample size is not shown.
Check. Nothing on the diagram counts the values. ✓
Watch out. Box plots show spread and position, not the amount of data.
Data: 31, 33, 35, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 44, 46, 78. For this data Q1 = 35 and Q3 = 44.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. An outlier is a value that is far from the rest. One rule says a value is an outlier if it is more than 1.5 × IQR below Q1 or above Q3.
- Work out the IQR. IQR = Q3 − Q1.44 − 35 = 9
- Work out 1.5 × IQR. This is the allowed distance from the quartiles.1.5 × 9 = 13.5
- Work out the lower limit. Take it away from Q1.35 − 13.5 = 21.5
- Work out the upper limit. Add it to Q3.44 + 13.5 = 57.5
- Compare each value with the limits. A value below the lower limit or above the upper limit is an outlier.Outliers: 78
Check. Every other value lies between 21.5 and 57.5. ✓
Watch out. The limits are measured from Q1 and Q3, not from the median.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. An outlier is a value that is far from the rest. One rule says a value is an outlier if it is more than 1.5 × IQR below Q1 or above Q3.
- Work out the IQR. IQR = Q3 − Q1.56 − 47 = 9
- Work out 1.5 × IQR. This is the allowed distance from the quartiles.1.5 × 9 = 13.5
- Work out the lower limit. Take it away from Q1.47 − 13.5 = 33.5
- Work out the upper limit. Add it to Q3.56 + 13.5 = 69.5
- Compare each value with the limits. A value below the lower limit or above the upper limit is an outlier.No value is outside the limits, so there are no outliers.
Check. Every other value lies between 33.5 and 69.5. ✓
Watch out. The limits are measured from Q1 and Q3, not from the median.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. The IQR is the length of the box, and the median is the line inside it.
- Compare the IQRs. The IQR is the length of the box.P’s box is 6 long and Q’s box is 15 long.
- Compare the medians. They are equal.The median lines are at the same place on the scale.
- Write the comparison. Q’s middle 50% is more spread out than P’s, but the two data sets have the same typical value.
Check. A longer box means a larger IQR. ✓
Watch out. The medians are equal, so only the spread differs.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. A quarter of the data is above the upper quartile, so 52 must be Q3.
- Find 25% of 60. A quarter of 60.60 ÷ 4 = 15 values
- Say what 52 is. The value with 25% of the data above it is the upper quartile.52 is the upper quartile (the right-hand end of the box).
Check. 3 quarters of 60 is 45 values at or below 52. ✓
Watch out. 25% above means Q3.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Use range = largest − smallest and IQR = Q3 − Q1, then draw the five numbers.
- Find the largest value. Largest = smallest + range.10 + 40 = 50
- Find the upper quartile. Q3 = Q1 + IQR.20 + 16 = 36
- Write the five-number summary. In order: smallest, Q1, median, Q3, largest.10, 20, 28, 36, 50
- Draw the box plot. Box from 20 to 36 with a line at 28, whiskers to 10 and 50.
Check. 50 − 10 = 40 and 36 − 20 = 16. ✓
Watch out. Put the five numbers in order and check the scale.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Think about what the length of the box tells us.
- What does the length of the box show? It shows the interquartile range: how spread out the middle half of the data is.A longer box means more spread.
- Does it show the number of values? No. Each section holds a quarter of the data, whatever the size of the sample.The number of people cannot be seen.
- Conclude. Aisha is wrong.
Check. Two groups of different sizes can have identical box plots. ✓
Watch out. Box plots show spread and position, not the number of values.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. The median has half the data below it, and the quartiles cut the data into quarters.
- Runners faster than 24 minutes. Half of the 40 runners have a time below the median.40 ÷ 2 = 20
- Runners between 20 and 31 minutes. The middle half of the data lies between the quartiles.40 ÷ 2 = 20
Check. Each quarter of the data has 10 runners; the middle two quarters have 20. ✓
Watch out. Between the quartiles is half of the data.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Read the median and quartiles from the graph, then draw a box plot using the five numbers.
- Read the median and quartiles. Median at 40, lower quartile at 20 and upper quartile at 60 on the cumulative frequency axis.Q1 ≈ 23.5, median ≈ 31.5, Q3 ≈ 39.5
- Write the smallest and largest times. These are given in the question.Smallest = 2, largest = 58
- Draw the box plot. Box from Q1 to Q3 with a line at the median, whiskers to 2 and 58.
Check. The five numbers are in order: 2 < Q1 < median < Q3 < 58. ✓
Watch out. Read the quartiles at n ÷ 4, n ÷ 2 and 3n ÷ 4.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Each section of a box plot holds a quarter of the data, so the length of a section shows how spread out that quarter is.
- Look at the section between Q1 and the median. It is short but holds a quarter of the data.These values are bunched close together.
- Look at the section between the median and Q3. It is long but also holds a quarter of the data.These values are spread out.
- Conclude. The data is bunched at the lower end and spread out towards the higher end.
Check. A short section means values close together; a long section means values far apart. ✓
Watch out. Every section holds the same number of values, however long it is.
Histograms
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A histogram shows continuous data. It looks like a bar chart, but the bars can have different widths, and there are no gaps between bars because the classes touch. When the class widths are different, the height of a bar cannot be the frequency, because a wide class would look much bigger just because it is wide. Instead the height is the frequency density, so that the area of each bar stands for the frequency.
frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, and so frequency = frequency density × class width (the area of the bar). For example, 30 people in a class of width 20 gives frequency density 30 ÷ 20 = 1.5, and a bar 20 wide and 1.5 tall has area 30.
Drawing a histogram. (1) Work out each class width. (2) Divide each frequency by its class width to get the frequency density. (3) Draw a horizontal axis for the data and a vertical axis for the frequency density. (4) Draw each bar from the lower to the upper class boundary, with height equal to its frequency density.
Reading a histogram. The frequency of a bar is its height times its width. For part of a bar, take the same fraction of the bar’s frequency. To estimate the mean, use the midpoints, as for any grouped data. To estimate the median, find the class holding the middle value and assume the values are spread evenly across it.
Key ideas
- Frequency density = frequency ÷ class width.
- Frequency = frequency density × class width = the area of the bar.
- The vertical axis is frequency density, not frequency. There are no gaps between bars.
- For part of a bar: part of the width × the frequency density.
- Estimate the mean using midpoints; estimate the median by assuming an even spread within the median class.
| Time | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < t ≤ 10 min | 8 |
| 10 < t ≤ 20 min | 14 |
| 20 < t ≤ 40 min | 30 |
| 40 < t ≤ 50 min | 16 |
| 50 < t ≤ 70 min | 12 |
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. For a histogram, plot frequency density = frequency ÷ class width on the vertical axis.
- Find the width of each class. The bars have different widths, so the height cannot be the frequency. Width = upper end − lower end.10 − 0 = 10
20 − 10 = 10
40 − 20 = 20
50 − 40 = 10
70 − 50 = 20 - Divide each frequency by its class width. frequency density = frequency ÷ class width. This is the height of the bar, and it makes the area of the bar equal to the frequency.8 ÷ 10 = 0.8
14 ÷ 10 = 1.4
30 ÷ 20 = 1.5
16 ÷ 10 = 1.6
12 ÷ 20 = 0.6 - Write the results in a table.
Time Frequency Class width Frequency density 0 < t ≤ 10 min 8 10 0.8 10 < t ≤ 20 min 14 10 1.4 20 < t ≤ 40 min 30 20 1.5 40 < t ≤ 50 min 16 10 1.6 50 < t ≤ 70 min 12 20 0.6 - Draw the histogram. Put the data on the horizontal axis and frequency density on the vertical axis. Draw one bar for each class with no gaps, because the classes touch. The width of each bar is its class width and the height is its frequency density.
Check. Multiply back: 0.8 × 10 = 8, 1.4 × 10 = 14, 1.5 × 20 = 30, 1.6 × 10 = 16, 0.6 × 20 = 12. These are the frequencies. ✓
Watch out. The vertical axis is frequency density, not frequency.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. For each bar, frequency = frequency density × class width.
- Read the heights and widths. The heights are the frequency densities. The widths come from the class boundaries.0 to 10: height 0.8, width 10
10 to 20: height 1.4, width 10
20 to 40: height 1.5, width 20
40 to 50: height 1.6, width 10
50 to 70: height 0.6, width 20 - Multiply height by width. The area of each bar is its frequency.0.8 × 10 = 8
1.4 × 10 = 14
1.5 × 20 = 30
1.6 × 10 = 16
0.6 × 20 = 12 - Add the frequencies. This is the total number of people.8 + 14 + 30 + 16 + 12 = 80
Check. The total of 80 matches the table above. ✓
Watch out. Do not read the heights as frequencies.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. The class 20 to 40 has frequency 30. We need the part of the bar from 30 to 40, which is half of the width of the bar.
- Find the frequency density of the bar. The bar 20 to 40 has frequency density 30 ÷ 20.30 ÷ 20 = 1.5
- Find the width of the part wanted. From 30 to 40.40 − 30 = 10
- Multiply to find its area. Area = height × width = frequency.1.5 × 10 = 15 people
Check. The part from 30 to 40 is half of the class 20 to 40, so half of 30 = 15. ✓
Watch out. This assumes that the values are spread evenly through the class.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(0 + 10) ÷ 2 = 5
(10 + 20) ÷ 2 = 15
(20 + 40) ÷ 2 = 30
(40 + 50) ÷ 2 = 45
(50 + 70) ÷ 2 = 60 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Time Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 0 < t ≤ 10 min 8 5 40 10 < t ≤ 20 min 14 15 210 20 < t ≤ 40 min 30 30 900 40 < t ≤ 50 min 16 45 720 50 < t ≤ 70 min 12 60 720 Total 80 2590 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 80
Total of f × midpoint = 2590 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.2590 ÷ 80 = 32.3750… = 32.4 min to 1 d.p.
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 0 to 70, and 32.4 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. Estimate the median by finding which class holds the middle value, then assuming the values are spread evenly across that class.
- Work out the frequencies and the total. Frequency = frequency density × class width for each bar.Frequencies: 8, 14, 30, 16, 12; total n = 80
- Find the position of the median. It is half way through the data.80 ÷ 2 = 40
- Use a running total to find the median class. The running total first reaches 40 in the class 20 < x ≤ 40 min.
Class Frequency Running total 0 < x ≤ 10 min 8 8 10 < x ≤ 20 min 14 22 20 < x ≤ 40 min 30 52 40 < x ≤ 50 min 16 68 50 < x ≤ 70 min 12 80 - Find how far into the class we need to go. Before this class there are 22 values, so we need 18 more from this class of 30.18 ÷ 30 = 0.6 of the class
- Find the estimate of the median. Start at the lower end and move that fraction of the class width.20 + 0.6 × 20 = 32 min
Check. The estimate lies inside the median class. ✓
Watch out. This is an estimate: it assumes the values are spread evenly within the class.
Watch out
The vertical axis of a histogram is frequency density, not frequency. If the bars have different widths, the tallest bar is not necessarily the class with the most values.Exercise 24O Histograms
Calculator allowed| Age | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < a ≤ 20 years | 20 |
| 20 < a ≤ 30 years | 35 |
| 30 < a ≤ 40 years | 50 |
| 40 < a ≤ 60 years | 40 |
| 60 < a ≤ 100 years | 16 |
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. For a histogram, plot frequency density = frequency ÷ class width on the vertical axis.
- Find the width of each class. The bars have different widths, so the height cannot be the frequency. Width = upper end − lower end.20 − 0 = 20
30 − 20 = 10
40 − 30 = 10
60 − 40 = 20
100 − 60 = 40 - Divide each frequency by its class width. frequency density = frequency ÷ class width. This is the height of the bar, and it makes the area of the bar equal to the frequency.20 ÷ 20 = 1
35 ÷ 10 = 3.5
50 ÷ 10 = 5
40 ÷ 20 = 2
16 ÷ 40 = 0.4 - Write the results in a table.
Age Frequency Class width Frequency density 0 < a ≤ 20 years 20 20 1 20 < a ≤ 30 years 35 10 3.5 30 < a ≤ 40 years 50 10 5 40 < a ≤ 60 years 40 20 2 60 < a ≤ 100 years 16 40 0.4
Check. Multiply back: 1 × 20 = 20, 3.5 × 10 = 35, 5 × 10 = 50, 2 × 20 = 40, 0.4 × 40 = 16. These are the frequencies. ✓
Watch out. The vertical axis is frequency density, not frequency.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. For a histogram, plot frequency density = frequency ÷ class width on the vertical axis.
- Find the width of each class. The bars have different widths, so the height cannot be the frequency. Width = upper end − lower end.20 − 0 = 20
30 − 20 = 10
40 − 30 = 10
60 − 40 = 20
100 − 60 = 40 - Divide each frequency by its class width. frequency density = frequency ÷ class width. This is the height of the bar, and it makes the area of the bar equal to the frequency.20 ÷ 20 = 1
35 ÷ 10 = 3.5
50 ÷ 10 = 5
40 ÷ 20 = 2
16 ÷ 40 = 0.4 - Write the results in a table.
Age Frequency Class width Frequency density 0 < a ≤ 20 years 20 20 1 20 < a ≤ 30 years 35 10 3.5 30 < a ≤ 40 years 50 10 5 40 < a ≤ 60 years 40 20 2 60 < a ≤ 100 years 16 40 0.4 - Draw the histogram. Put the data on the horizontal axis and frequency density on the vertical axis. Draw one bar for each class with no gaps, because the classes touch. The width of each bar is its class width and the height is its frequency density.
Check. Multiply back: 1 × 20 = 20, 3.5 × 10 = 35, 5 × 10 = 50, 2 × 20 = 40, 0.4 × 40 = 16. These are the frequencies. ✓
Watch out. The vertical axis is frequency density, not frequency.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. In a histogram, area = frequency. So frequency = frequency density × class width.
- Find the class width. Upper end minus lower end.20 − 10 = 10
- Read the frequency density (the height of the bar). Frequency density = 3.2
- Multiply height by width. The area of the bar is the frequency.3.2 × 10 = 32
Check. Divide back: 32 ÷ 10 = 3.2. ✓
Watch out. The height of the bar is not the frequency. You must multiply by the class width.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. In a histogram, area = frequency. So frequency = frequency density × class width.
- Find the class width. Upper end minus lower end.5 − 0 = 5
- Read the frequency density (the height of the bar). Frequency density = 2
- Multiply height by width. The area of the bar is the frequency.2 × 5 = 10
Check. Divide back: 10 ÷ 5 = 2. ✓
Watch out. The height of the bar is not the frequency. You must multiply by the class width.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. Work out the frequency of every bar, then add.
- Frequency of each bar. Height × width for each bar.0 to 5: 2 × 5 = 10
5 to 10: 5 × 5 = 25
10 to 20: 3.2 × 10 = 32
20 to 30: 1.5 × 10 = 15
30 to 50: 0.6 × 20 = 12 - Add. 10 + 25 + 32 + 15 + 12 = 94
Check. Check the largest bar: 5 × 5 = 25 patients in 5 to 10, which is included. ✓
Watch out. Multiply each height by its width before adding.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. The bar from 20 to 30 has height 1.5. The part wanted is 6 wide.
- Height of the bar. Read the frequency density.Height = 1.5
- Width wanted. 30 − 24 = 6
- Area. 1.5 × 6 = 9
Check. The whole bar 20 to 30 has 1.5 × 10 = 15, and 6 out of 10 of it is 9. ✓
Watch out. Use only the width of the part, not of the whole bar.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. The bar from 30 to 50 has height 0.6. The part above 40 is 10 wide.
- Height of the bar. Height = 0.6
- Width wanted. 40 to 50.10
- Area. 0.6 × 10 = 6
Check. The whole bar has 0.6 × 20 = 12 patients, and 40 to 50 is half of it. ✓
Watch out. The class 30 to 50 is wider than the part you need.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. The bar from 10 to 20 has height 3.2. The part wanted is 5 wide.
- Height of the bar. Height = 3.2
- Width wanted. 15 to 20.20 − 15 = 5
- Area. 3.2 × 5 = 16
Check. The whole bar is 3.2 × 10 = 32; half of it is 16. ✓
Watch out. Take away the part you do not want, or multiply the part you want.
| Length | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < t ≤ 10 min | 12 |
| 10 < t ≤ 20 min | 28 |
| 20 < t ≤ 40 min | 50 |
| 40 < t ≤ 60 min | 30 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(0 + 10) ÷ 2 = 5
(10 + 20) ÷ 2 = 15
(20 + 40) ÷ 2 = 30
(40 + 60) ÷ 2 = 50 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Length Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 0 < t ≤ 10 min 12 5 60 10 < t ≤ 20 min 28 15 420 20 < t ≤ 40 min 50 30 1500 40 < t ≤ 60 min 30 50 1500 Total 120 3480 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 120
Total of f × midpoint = 3480 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.3480 ÷ 120 = 29.0 min
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 0 to 60, and 29.0 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. Estimate the median by finding which class holds the middle value, then assuming the values are spread evenly across that class.
- Work out the frequencies and the total. Frequency = frequency density × class width for each bar.Frequencies: 12, 28, 50, 30; total n = 120
- Find the position of the median. It is half way through the data.120 ÷ 2 = 60
- Use a running total to find the median class. The running total first reaches 60 in the class 20 < x ≤ 40 min.
Class Frequency Running total 0 < x ≤ 10 min 12 12 10 < x ≤ 20 min 28 40 20 < x ≤ 40 min 50 90 40 < x ≤ 60 min 30 120 - Find how far into the class we need to go. Before this class there are 40 values, so we need 20 more from this class of 50.20 ÷ 50 = 0.4 of the class
- Find the estimate of the median. Start at the lower end and move that fraction of the class width.20 + 0.4 × 20 = 28 min
Check. The estimate lies inside the median class. ✓
Watch out. This is an estimate: it assumes the values are spread evenly within the class.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. The area of a bar stands for the frequency. Work out how many people each square centimetre stands for, then use it for the second bar.
- Area of the first bar. Width times height.3 × 4 = 12 cm2
- Find the people per cm2. 24 people have an area of 12 cm2.24 ÷ 12 = 2 people per cm2
- Area of the second bar. 6 × 2 = 12 cm2
- People in the second bar. Multiply the area by 2.12 × 2 = 24
Check. Both bars have the same area, so they have the same frequency. ✓
Watch out. Area, not height, stands for the frequency.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. Use frequency density = frequency ÷ class width for the second bar.
- Find the class width. Upper end minus lower end.30 − 10 = 20
- Divide the frequency by the width. 100 ÷ 20 = 5
- Compare. The first bar has height 4.5 > 4, so the second bar is taller, even though it has a bigger width.
Check. 5 × 20 = 100. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the class width of the class you are working on.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. Compare frequency with frequency density.
- What does the height show? The height of a bar is the frequency density, not the frequency.frequency = height × width
- Use an example. Class A is 0 to 10 with height 3, and class B is 10 to 40 with height 2.A: 3 × 10 = 30 values. B: 2 × 30 = 60 values.
- Conclude. Class B has the shorter bar but twice as many values.Jon is wrong.
Check. B has more values because its bar is much wider. ✓
Watch out. Compare the areas, not the heights.
| Class | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < x ≤ 10 | 15 |
| 10 < x ≤ 25 | 45 |
| 25 < x ≤ 30 | 10 |
| 30 < x ≤ 50 | 50 |
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. For a histogram, plot frequency density = frequency ÷ class width on the vertical axis.
- Find the width of each class. The bars have different widths, so the height cannot be the frequency. Width = upper end − lower end.10 − 0 = 10
25 − 10 = 15
30 − 25 = 5
50 − 30 = 20 - Divide each frequency by its class width. frequency density = frequency ÷ class width. This is the height of the bar, and it makes the area of the bar equal to the frequency.15 ÷ 10 = 1.5
45 ÷ 15 = 3
10 ÷ 5 = 2
50 ÷ 20 = 2.5 - Write the results in a table.
Class Frequency Class width Frequency density 0 < x ≤ 10 15 10 1.5 10 < x ≤ 25 45 15 3 25 < x ≤ 30 10 5 2 30 < x ≤ 50 50 20 2.5
Check. Multiply back: 1.5 × 10 = 15, 3 × 15 = 45, 2 × 5 = 10, 2.5 × 20 = 50. These are the frequencies. ✓
Watch out. The vertical axis is frequency density, not frequency.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. Probability = number in the class ÷ total number.
- Find the total. Add the frequencies.15 + 45 + 10 + 50 = 120
- Write the probability. The class 25 to 30 has 10 values.10120
- Simplify. 10120 = 112
Check. The probabilities of all four classes add up to 1. ✓
Watch out. Use the frequency, not the frequency density.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. Work out the frequency of each known class, add them, and subtract from 150.
- Class 2 to 4. Frequency = density × width.15 × 2 = 30
- Class 4 to 10. 8 × 6 = 48
- Class 10 to 20. 4.6 × 10 = 46
- Add and subtract. The remaining parcels are in the first class.30 + 48 + 46 = 124 and 150 − 124 = 26
Check. 26 + 30 + 48 + 46 = 150. ✓
Watch out. Frequency = density × width.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. Use the midpoints of the classes: 1, 3, 7 and 15.
- Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. 26 × 1 = 26
30 × 3 = 90
48 × 7 = 336
46 × 15 = 690 - Add and divide. Total of f × midpoint ÷ 150.(26 + 90 + 336 + 690) ÷ 150 = 1142 ÷ 150 = 7.6
Check. The estimate is between 0 and 20, as it must be. ✓
Watch out. Use the midpoint of each class.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. Find the frequency of each bar from its area, and take the part of the bar from 30 to 40 minutes. Then add the bar above 40.
- Frequencies of the bars. Frequency = height × width.0 to 10: 2 × 10 = 20
10 to 20: 3 × 10 = 30
20 to 40: 1.5 × 20 = 30
40 to 60: 1 × 20 = 20 - Check the total. The question says there are 100 films.20 + 30 + 30 + 20 = 100
- Part of the bar from 20 to 40. The part above 30 is 10 wide, and the height is 1.5.1.5 × 10 = 15
- Add the bar from 40 to 60. All of it is above 30.15 + 20 = 35 films
- Write as a percentage. The total is 100 films.35%
Check. Films 30 or shorter: 20 + 30 + 15 = 65, and 65 + 35 = 100. ✓
Watch out. Use only the part of the bar above 30, and the same fraction of its area.
Chapter summary
| Skill | Method |
|---|---|
| Types of data | Categorical (words), discrete (counted), continuous (measured) |
| Sampling | Random, unbiased sample; stratified: group ÷ population × sample size |
| Capture-recapture | N = marked first × second sample ÷ marked in second sample |
| Mean, median, mode, range | Total ÷ number; middle value in order; most common; biggest − smallest |
| Frequency table | Mean: total of (f × value) ÷ total f; median from running total |
| Grouped data | Midpoints for the estimated mean; modal class; median class |
| Charts | Bar chart, pictogram (use the key), pie chart (angle = f ÷ total × 360°), line graph, stem-and-leaf (with key) |
| Scatter graphs | Correlation, line of best fit through the mean point; interpolation is more reliable than extrapolation |
| Comparing | Compare an average and a spread, in context, with numbers |
| Quartiles (H) | Q1 and Q3 are the medians of the two halves; IQR = Q3 − Q1 |
| Cumulative frequency (H) | Plot at the upper boundary; read n ÷ 4, n ÷ 2, 3n ÷ 4 |
| Box plots (H) | Five numbers; box = middle half; outliers as crosses |
| Histograms (H) | Frequency density = frequency ÷ class width; area = frequency |
Can you…?
- I can say whether data is categorical, discrete or continuous, and design a fair question.
- I can complete tally charts, frequency tables, grouped frequency tables and two-way tables.
- I can spot bias, take a stratified sample and use capture–recapture.
- I can find the mean, median, mode and range from lists, frequency tables and grouped tables.
- I can draw and read bar charts, pictograms, pie charts, line graphs and stem-and-leaf diagrams.
- I can describe correlation, draw a line of best fit and use it to estimate, knowing the dangers of extrapolating.
- I can compare two distributions with an average and a spread.
- Higher: I can find quartiles and the IQR, and draw and use cumulative frequency graphs and box plots.
- Higher: I can draw and read histograms using frequency density.
Key terms
- Population
- The whole group being studied.
- Sample
- A smaller group taken from the population.
- Bias
- A sample or question that unfairly favours some answers.
- Stratified sample
- A sample with the same proportions from each group as the population has.
- Mean
- The total of the values divided by how many there are.
- Median
- The middle value when the data is in order.
- Mode
- The most common value.
- Range
- The biggest value minus the smallest value.
- Frequency
- How many times a value occurs.
- Modal class
- The class with the highest frequency.
- Correlation
- How two variables are related: positive, negative or none.
- Line of best fit
- A straight line that follows the trend of a scatter graph.
- Interpolation
- Estimating inside the range of the data.
- Extrapolation
- Estimating outside the range of the data (less reliable).
- Outlier
- A value far from the rest of the data.
- Quartiles
- Values that split ordered data into four equal parts.
- Interquartile range
- Upper quartile minus lower quartile.
- Cumulative frequency
- A running total of the frequencies.
- Frequency density
- Frequency divided by class width.
Exercise 24Z Check-up (non-calculator)
Non-calculatorKey words. Categorical data is described in words. Discrete data is numbers that you count. Continuous data is numbers that you measure.
Method. Ask: is the data words or numbers? If it is numbers, is it counted (discrete) or measured (continuous)?
- Ask whether the data is words or numbers. Data in words (colours, brands, types) is categorical. Data in numbers is numerical.The number of cars in a car park
- If it is numerical, ask: counted or measured? Counted values jump in steps, so they are discrete. Measured values can be any value in a range, so they are continuous.It is a number, and it is found by counting, so it can only take separate values (such as 0, 1, 2, 3).
- State the type. Discrete
Check. Test: could you have a value halfway between two neighbouring values (such as 2.5 children)? If not, it is discrete or categorical. ✓
Watch out. Money and shoe sizes look like decimals, but you can only have certain values, so they are discrete. Time, height, mass and length are measured, so they are continuous.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.8 + 5 + 9 + 12 + 6 = 40
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 5 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.40 ÷ 5 = 8
Check. Multiply back: 8 × 5 = 40, which is the total. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The median is the middle value when the data is in order.
- Write the values in order, smallest to largest. The median is the middle value, so the data must be in order first.2, 4, 7, 9, 11, 15
- Count the values. We need to know where the middle is.There are 6 values.
- Find the two middle positions. With an even number of values there are two middle values. They are at positions n ÷ 2 and n ÷ 2 + 1.6 ÷ 2 = 3, so the 3rd and 4th values.
- Pick out the two middle values. Count along the ordered list.2, 4, 7, 9, 11, 15
- Find the number halfway between them. Add the two middle values and divide by 2 (their mean).(7 + 9) ÷ 2 = 16 ÷ 2 = 8
Check. 3 values are below 8 and 3 values are above it. ✓
Watch out. Put the numbers in order first. The middle of an unordered list is not the median.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. The mode is the value that appears most often.
- Count how many times each value appears. The mode is the value that occurs most often.3 appears 3 times
5 appears 2 times
8 appears 1 time - Find the value that appears most often. 3 appears 3 times, more than any other value.Mode = 3
Check. Look back at the list: no other value appears more times. ✓
Watch out. The mode is the value, not how many times it appears.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Range = biggest value − smallest value.
- Find the biggest value. The range measures how spread out the data is, from one end to the other.Biggest = 8
- Find the smallest value. Smallest = 3
- Subtract: biggest minus smallest. The range is the gap between the two ends.8 − 3 = 5
Check. Count on from 3 by 5 and you reach 8. ✓
Watch out. The range is one number (the difference), not the pair “from 3 to 8”.
| Pets | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Students | 2 | 5 | 2 | 1 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Pets Frequency (f) f × pets 1 2 2 2 5 10 3 2 6 4 1 4 Total 10 22 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.2 + 5 + 2 + 1 = 10
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.2 + 10 + 6 + 4 = 22
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.22 ÷ 10 = 2.2
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (1 and 4). 2.2 is. Also 2.2 × 10 = 22. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Each category’s angle is its share of 360°: angle = frequency ÷ total frequency × 360°.
- Add up the frequencies. The total is the whole pie, which is 360°.12 + 8 + 6 + 4 = 30
- Find the angle for one item. Divide the whole circle by the total frequency.360° ÷ 30 = 12° for each item
- Multiply each frequency by the angle for one item. A category with f items gets f lots of this angle.Football: 12 × 12° = 144°
Netball: 8 × 12° = 96°
Rugby: 6 × 12° = 72°
Tennis: 4 × 12° = 48° - Check that the angles make 360°. The angles of all the sectors must fill the circle.144 + 96 + 72 + 48 = 360°
Check. Total = 360° = 360°. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to check that the angles add up to 360°. If they do not, there is an arithmetic slip.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Stratified sampling: take from each group (stratum) in proportion to its size.
- Find the size of the whole population. Add up the sizes of all the groups (strata).90 + 60 = 150
- Find the fraction of the population that is being sampled. In a stratified sample each group is sampled in the same proportion as its size in the population.30 out of 150: 30150 = 15
- Work out each group’s share of the sample. sample for the group = group size ÷ population size × sample size.Boys: 90 ÷ 150 × 30 = 18
Girls: 60 ÷ 150 × 30 = 12 - Check the sample sizes add up to the sample. The groups together must make the whole sample.18 + 12 = 30
Check. Each group gets 15 of its size: 15 of 90 = 18, 15 of 60 = 12. ✓
Watch out. Use the size of each group divided by the size of the whole population, not by the size of the sample.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Capture–recapture: the fraction of the second sample that is marked is the same as the fraction of the whole population that is marked.
- Write down what we know. First we catch, mark and release some. Later we catch a second sample and count how many of those are marked.Marked and released: 25
Second sample: 40
Marked in the second sample: 5 - Write the proportion marked in the second sample. If the animals have mixed well, this is a fair estimate of the proportion marked in the whole population.5 out of 40 = 540
- Write the proportion marked in the whole population. Let N be the whole population. The 25 marked ones make up 25 out of N.25N
- Make the two proportions equal. We assume the second sample is representative of the population.540 = 25N
- Solve for N. Multiply both sides by N and by the second-sample size, then divide by the number marked in the second sample: N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in second sample.N = 25 × 40 ÷ 5 = 1000 ÷ 5 = 200
Check. Of the whole population of 200, 25 were marked: 25200 ≈ 0.125, and 540 = 0.125. The two proportions agree (to within rounding). ✓
Watch out. N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in the second sample. Do not divide by the second sample size or multiply by the number marked in it.
Method. Look at the direction of the points and how close they are to a straight line.
- Direction. As the time goes up, the height goes down.Negative
- Strength. The points are close to a straight line.Strong
Check. A line sloping down would fit the points closely. ✓
Watch out. Say positive or negative, and strong or weak.
| Age | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < a ≤ 10 years | 6 |
| 10 < a ≤ 20 years | 10 |
| 20 < a ≤ 30 years | 4 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(0 + 10) ÷ 2 = 5
(10 + 20) ÷ 2 = 15
(20 + 30) ÷ 2 = 25 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Age Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 0 < a ≤ 10 years 6 5 30 10 < a ≤ 20 years 10 15 150 20 < a ≤ 30 years 4 25 100 Total 20 280 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 20
Total of f × midpoint = 280 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.280 ÷ 20 = 14 years
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 0 to 30, and 14 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
Total 62 marks. Allow about 62 minutes.
Exercise 24X Exam-style questions
Non-calculatorKey words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. To find the mean, add up all the values and divide by how many values there are.
- Add up all the values. The mean uses the total of all the data.24 + 31 + 19 + 27 + 35 + 22 = 158
- Count how many values there are. The mean shares the total equally between all the values, so we need to know how many there are.There are 6 values.
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.158 ÷ 6 = 26.3333… = 26.3 to 1 decimal place
Check. The mean must lie between the smallest (19) and the largest (35) value, and 26.3 does. Also 26.3 × 6 = 157.8, which is close to the total 158. ✓
Watch out. The mean is not the middle value. Add every value, and divide by how many values there are (not by the largest value).
| Walk | Bus | Car | Total | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year 10 | 18 | 12 | ? | 35 |
| Year 11 | ? | 9 | 7 | 30 |
| Total | 32 | ? | 12 | 65 |
Method. In a two-way table every row adds up to its row total and every column adds up to its column total. Find a row or column with only one number missing.
- Find the missing number in the year 10 row, car column. The row total is 35, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.35 − 18 − 12 = 5
- Write the answer. This is the number in the cell the question asks about.5
Check. Add up the completed row and column again: they agree with the totals. ✓
Watch out. Look for a row or column with exactly one missing number first.
Method. In a two-way table every row adds up to its row total and every column adds up to its column total. Find a row or column with only one number missing.
- Find the missing number in the year 10 row, car column. The row total is 35, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.35 − 18 − 12 = 5
- Find the missing number in the year 11 row, walk column. The row total is 30, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.30 − 9 − 7 = 14
- Write the answer. This is the number in the cell the question asks about.14
Check. Add up the completed row and column again: they agree with the totals. ✓
Watch out. Look for a row or column with exactly one missing number first.
Method. In a two-way table every row adds up to its row total and every column adds up to its column total. Find a row or column with only one number missing.
- Find the missing number in the year 10 row, car column. The row total is 35, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.35 − 18 − 12 = 5
- Find the missing number in the year 11 row, walk column. The row total is 30, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.30 − 9 − 7 = 14
- Find the missing number in the total row, bus column. The row total is 65, and the cells in a row add up to the row total, so subtract the numbers we know.65 − 32 − 12 = 21
- Write the answer. This is the number in the cell the question asks about.21
Check. Add up the completed row and column again: they agree with the totals. ✓
Watch out. Look for a row or column with exactly one missing number first.
Key words. A pie chart is a circle cut into sectors. The whole circle is 360° and stands for all the data. Each sector’s angle shows its share.
Method. Each category’s angle is its share of 360°: angle = frequency ÷ total frequency × 360°.
- Add up the frequencies. The total is the whole pie, which is 360°.14 + 10 + 12 + 4 = 40
- Find the angle for one item. Divide the whole circle by the total frequency.360° ÷ 40 = 9° for each item
- Multiply each frequency by the angle for one item. A category with f items gets f lots of this angle.Tea: 14 × 9° = 126°
Coffee: 10 × 9° = 90°
Juice: 12 × 9° = 108°
Water: 4 × 9° = 36° - Check that the angles make 360°. The angles of all the sectors must fill the circle.126 + 90 + 108 + 36 = 360°
- Draw the pie chart. Draw a circle with a compass and a radius. Then use a protractor to measure each angle in turn from the radius, going round the circle. Label each sector.
Check. Total = 360° = 360°. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to check that the angles add up to 360°. If they do not, there is an arithmetic slip.
| Goals | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Matches | 4 | 7 | 6 | 2 | 1 |
Key words. A frequency table shows how many times each value occurs. The frequency (f) is the number of times. The total of the frequency column is the number of values in the data set.
Method. For a frequency table, multiply each value by its frequency, add these up, and divide by the total frequency.
- Add a column for frequency × value. Each value appears f times, so it contributes f × value to the total. This saves writing the value out f times.
Goals Frequency (f) f × goals 0 4 0 1 7 7 2 6 12 3 2 6 4 1 4 Total 20 29 - Add up the frequency column. This gives the number of values in the data set.4 + 7 + 6 + 2 + 1 = 20
- Add up the (f × value) column. This gives the total of all the values in the data set.0 + 7 + 12 + 6 + 4 = 29
- Divide the total by the number of values. mean = total ÷ number of values.29 ÷ 20 = 1.45
Check. The mean must be between the smallest and largest values (0 and 4). 1.45 is. Also 1.45 × 20 = 29. ✓
Watch out. Divide by the total frequency (the number of values), not by the number of rows in the table.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Capture–recapture: the fraction of the second sample that is marked is the same as the fraction of the whole population that is marked.
- Write down what we know. First we catch, mark and release some. Later we catch a second sample and count how many of those are marked.Marked and released: 60
Second sample: 50
Marked in the second sample: 10 - Write the proportion marked in the second sample. If the animals have mixed well, this is a fair estimate of the proportion marked in the whole population.10 out of 50 = 1050
- Write the proportion marked in the whole population. Let N be the whole population. The 60 marked ones make up 60 out of N.60N
- Make the two proportions equal. We assume the second sample is representative of the population.1050 = 60N
- Solve for N. Multiply both sides by N and by the second-sample size, then divide by the number marked in the second sample: N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in second sample.N = 60 × 50 ÷ 10 = 3000 ÷ 10 = 300
Check. Of the whole population of 300, 60 were marked: 60300 ≈ 0.200, and 1050 = 0.200. The two proportions agree (to within rounding). ✓
Watch out. N = marked × second sample ÷ marked in the second sample. Do not divide by the second sample size or multiply by the number marked in it.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Think about what must be true for the second sample to be fair.
- Think about mixing. If the marked fish stayed together, the second sample would not be fair.The marked fish mixed evenly with the rest.
- Think about change. The population must not change between the two catches.No fish were born, died or moved in or out.
Check. Either assumption is accepted. ✓
Watch out. Mention the animals, not the arithmetic.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Stratified sampling: take from each group (stratum) in proportion to its size.
- Find the size of the whole population. Add up the sizes of all the groups (strata).240 + 160 = 400
- Find the fraction of the population that is being sampled. In a stratified sample each group is sampled in the same proportion as its size in the population.50 out of 400: 50400 = 18
- Work out each group’s share of the sample. sample for the group = group size ÷ population size × sample size.Year 12: 240 ÷ 400 × 50 = 30
Year 13: 160 ÷ 400 × 50 = 20 - Check the sample sizes add up to the sample. The groups together must make the whole sample.30 + 20 = 50
Check. Each group gets 18 of its size: 18 of 240 = 30, 18 of 160 = 20. ✓
Watch out. Use the size of each group divided by the size of the whole population, not by the size of the sample.
Method. Look at the direction and at how close the points are to the line.
- Direction. The points slope upwards.Positive
- Strength. The points are close to a line.Strong
Check. More hours of revision go with higher marks. ✓
Watch out. Say positive and strong.
Method. Read across or up from the line of best fit. The answer is an estimate, so a small tolerance is allowed.
- Find 6 hours on the horizontal axis. We know the hours-value, so start on the hours-axis.hours = 6 hours
- Go straight up to the line of best fit. The line of best fit shows the trend, so it gives us the best estimate.Draw a vertical line up from the axis until it meets the line.
- Go across to the vertical axis and read the mark-value. Read the scale carefully.mark ≈ 73
Check. The point you read should lie on the line of best fit, not on one of the crosses. ✓
Watch out. Read from the line, not from the nearest cross.
Method. Compare 14 hours with the range of the data.
- Range of the data. The hours in the graph go from 1 to 9.14 > 9: extrapolation
- Check the answer. The line gives about 123, which is more than 100.A mark cannot exceed 100.
Check. Extrapolation is not reliable. ✓
Watch out. Name extrapolation and give a reason.
| Height | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 140 < h ≤ 150 cm | 6 |
| 150 < h ≤ 160 cm | 14 |
| 160 < h ≤ 170 cm | 15 |
| 170 < h ≤ 180 cm | 5 |
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. The modal class is the class with the highest frequency.
- Look down the frequency column for the biggest number. The class that has the most values is the modal class.Frequencies: 6, 14, 15, 5. The highest is 15.
- Read the class that goes with it. The answer is the class, not the frequency.Modal class = 160 < h ≤ 170 cm
Check. No other class has as many as 15 values. ✓
Watch out. Give the class (the group), not the frequency.
Key words. Grouped data is data put into classes (groups), such as 10 < x ≤ 20. We lose the exact values, so calculations are estimates. The midpoint of a class is halfway between its two ends.
Method. Estimate the mean of grouped data by using the midpoint of each class in place of the unknown values.
- Find the midpoint of each class. We do not know the exact values inside a class, so we pretend every value is at the middle of its class. Midpoint = (lower end + upper end) ÷ 2.(140 + 150) ÷ 2 = 145
(150 + 160) ÷ 2 = 155
(160 + 170) ÷ 2 = 165
(170 + 180) ÷ 2 = 175 - Multiply each frequency by its midpoint. This estimates the total of the values in that class.
Height Frequency (f) Midpoint f × midpoint 140 < h ≤ 150 cm 6 145 870 150 < h ≤ 160 cm 14 155 2170 160 < h ≤ 170 cm 15 165 2475 170 < h ≤ 180 cm 5 175 875 Total 40 6390 - Add up the frequencies and the (f × midpoint) column. The first total is the number of values. The second is an estimate of the total of all the values.Total frequency = 40
Total of f × midpoint = 6390 - Divide to estimate the mean. estimated mean = total of (f × midpoint) ÷ total frequency.6390 ÷ 40 = 159.75 cm
Check. The estimate should be inside the range of the classes, from 140 to 180, and 159.75 is. It is only an estimate because the real values are not known. ✓
Watch out. Multiply the frequency by the midpoint, not by the class limits. Divide by the total frequency, not by the number of classes.
Key words. An average is one number that stands for a whole set of data. The mean is the total divided by how many values there are. The median is the middle value when the data is in order. The mode is the value that appears most often. The range is the biggest value minus the smallest value.
Method. Compare an average (the mean) and a measure of spread (the range) for each group, then write sentences in context.
- Work out the mean for Hana. An average tells us what is typical.12 + 15 + 13 + 18 + 16 + 14 = 88; 88 ÷ 6 = 14.7
- Work out the mean for Zoe. 20 + 11 + 25 + 9 + 22 + 23 = 110; 110 ÷ 6 = 18.3
- Work out the range for Hana. A spread tells us how consistent the data is.18 − 12 = 6
- Work out the range for Zoe. 25 − 9 = 16
- Write the comparison. Say something about the average and something about the spread, and use the context (the words of the question).On average, Zoe has the higher messages (mean 18.3 compared with 14.7).
Hana is more consistent (smaller range: 6 compared with 16), so Zoe is more spread out.
Check. Both sentences use numbers from the working. ✓
Watch out. A comparison needs both an average and a spread, in the context of the question. A smaller range (or IQR) means more consistent.
| Stem | Leaf |
|---|---|
| 2 | 8 9 |
| 3 | 3 4 5 8 8 |
| 4 | 1 1 1 4 7 9 |
| 5 | 2 6 |
Method. Split each value into a stem (the tens) and a leaf (the units). Write the leaves next to the right stem, then put each row in order.
- Write the stems in order down the left. The stems are the tens digits. List every stem from the smallest to the largest, even if a stem has no leaves.2, 3, 4, 5
- Go through the data in the order given, writing each leaf next to its stem. The leaf is the units digit.2 | 8 9
3 | 4 5 8 3 8
4 | 1 7 1 4 1 9
5 | 2 6 - Rewrite each row with its leaves in order, smallest first. An ordered diagram is much easier to read, and you need it for the median.
Stem Leaf 2 8 9 3 3 4 5 8 8 4 1 1 1 4 7 9 5 2 6 Key: 3 | 4 means 34 marks - Add a key. The key explains what the numbers mean, so that anyone can read the diagram.3 | 4 means 34 marks
Check. Count the leaves: there should be 15 leaves in total, one for each value. ✓
Watch out. Write the leaves in order and keep them evenly spaced, and always include a key.
Method. Find Q2 Y3 on the horizontal axis and read the point.
- Find the point. Q2 of Year 3 is the 10th point.Read up and across
- Read the value. 49 hundred
Check. The value is between Q1 (30) and Q3 (68). ✓
Watch out. Read the units: hundreds.
Method. Compare the quarters inside a year.
- Look at each year. The values rise from Q1 to a peak in Q3 and then fall in Q4.Peak in Q3
- Write it in context. Ice cream sales are highest in summer and lowest in winter.
Check. The same shape repeats every year. ✓
Watch out. A seasonal pattern repeats each year.
Method. The Q3 sales rise by 5 each year, so add 5 to Year 3.
- Find the yearly rise. 58, 63, 68: up 5 each year
- Continue. 68 + 5 = 73 hundred
- Say why it may be wrong. It is an extrapolation: the trend may not continue.Unreliable.
Check. The sequence goes up by 5 each year. ✓
Watch out. State that the estimate assumes the trend continues.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Ask whether everyone in the town had an equal chance of being asked.
- Who is in the sample? People who have just been to the cinema.They go to the cinema more often than most people.
- Say what this does. The sample does not represent the whole town.The sample is biased.
Check. People who never go to the cinema had no chance of being asked. ✓
Watch out. Explain why the sample is unfair.
Key words. The population is everything we want to know about. A sample is a smaller part of it that we actually measure. A good sample is random (everyone has an equal chance) and representative (a fair mix).
Method. Give everyone in the town an equal chance of being asked.
- Use a list of the whole town. For example, the electoral register.Number everyone on the list.
- Choose at random. Use random numbers or a computer to pick the sample.Everyone has an equal chance.
Check. Everyone in the population could be chosen. ✓
Watch out. A better sample is random and covers the whole population.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. On a cumulative frequency graph, the median is at height n ÷ 2, the lower quartile at n ÷ 4 and the upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4. Read across to the curve and down to the axis.
- Find the total number of values. The last cumulative frequency is the total, n.n = 80
- Work out the heights to read at. Lower quartile at n ÷ 4, median at n ÷ 2, upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4.n ÷ 4 = 20
n ÷ 2 = 40
3n ÷ 4 = 60 - Draw a horizontal line across from each height to the curve, then straight down to the axis. The value on the horizontal axis is the quartile.
- Read the three values. Read the scale carefully. The answers are estimates.Q1 ≈ 23.5 min
Median ≈ 31.5 min
Q3 ≈ 39.5 min
Check. Going up from each reading to the curve and across should give the heights again. ✓
Watch out. Read heights from the cumulative frequency axis and answers from the data axis. Do not use n + 1 here.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. On a cumulative frequency graph, the median is at height n ÷ 2, the lower quartile at n ÷ 4 and the upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4. Read across to the curve and down to the axis.
- Find the total number of values. The last cumulative frequency is the total, n.n = 80
- Work out the heights to read at. Lower quartile at n ÷ 4, median at n ÷ 2, upper quartile at 3n ÷ 4.n ÷ 4 = 20
n ÷ 2 = 40
3n ÷ 4 = 60 - Draw a horizontal line across from each height to the curve, then straight down to the axis. The value on the horizontal axis is the quartile.
- Read the three values. Read the scale carefully. The answers are estimates.Q1 ≈ 23.5 min
Median ≈ 31.5 min
Q3 ≈ 39.5 min - Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1.39.5 − 23.5 = 16 min
Check. Going up from each reading to the curve and across should give the heights again. ✓
Watch out. Read heights from the cumulative frequency axis and answers from the data axis. Do not use n + 1 here.
Key words. Cumulative frequency is a running total of the frequencies. A cumulative frequency graph plots each running total against the upper end of its class.
Method. Read the cumulative frequency at the value. This is the number of values up to that value; subtract from the total to get the number above it.
- Find 45 minutes on the horizontal axis and go up to the curve. The curve shows how many values are at or below each value.
- Read across to the cumulative frequency axis. This gives the number of values up to 45.Cumulative frequency = 69
- Subtract from the total to find how many are more than that. The last cumulative frequency is the total.80 − 69 = 11
Check. 69 below plus 11 above makes 80, the total. ✓
Watch out. The reading gives the number below the value. For “more than” you must subtract from the total.
Group A: smallest 12, Q1 20, median 26, Q3 38, largest 55.
Group B: smallest 15, Q1 22, median 30, Q3 34, largest 48.
Compare the two groups.[4 marks]
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Compare the medians and the interquartile ranges.
- Compare the medians. 30 is more than 26.Group B’s median is higher.
- Find the IQRs. IQR = Q3 − Q1.A: 38 − 20 = 18
B: 34 − 22 = 12 - Compare the spreads. A smaller IQR means more consistent.B is more consistent.
- Write in context. Group B took longer on average (median 30 minutes compared with 26 minutes), but its times were more consistent (IQR 12 compared with 18).
Check. Both an average and a spread are mentioned, with numbers. ✓
Watch out. Compare the medians and the IQRs in the context of the puzzle.
| Time | Frequency |
|---|---|
| 0 < t ≤ 10 min | 8 |
| 10 < t ≤ 20 min | 14 |
| 20 < t ≤ 40 min | 30 |
| 40 < t ≤ 50 min | 16 |
| 50 < t ≤ 70 min | 12 |
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. For a histogram, plot frequency density = frequency ÷ class width on the vertical axis.
- Find the width of each class. The bars have different widths, so the height cannot be the frequency. Width = upper end − lower end.10 − 0 = 10
20 − 10 = 10
40 − 20 = 20
50 − 40 = 10
70 − 50 = 20 - Divide each frequency by its class width. frequency density = frequency ÷ class width. This is the height of the bar, and it makes the area of the bar equal to the frequency.8 ÷ 10 = 0.8
14 ÷ 10 = 1.4
30 ÷ 20 = 1.5
16 ÷ 10 = 1.6
12 ÷ 20 = 0.6 - Write the results in a table.
Time Frequency Class width Frequency density 0 < t ≤ 10 min 8 10 0.8 10 < t ≤ 20 min 14 10 1.4 20 < t ≤ 40 min 30 20 1.5 40 < t ≤ 50 min 16 10 1.6 50 < t ≤ 70 min 12 20 0.6
Check. Multiply back: 0.8 × 10 = 8, 1.4 × 10 = 14, 1.5 × 20 = 30, 1.6 × 10 = 16, 0.6 × 20 = 12. These are the frequencies. ✓
Watch out. The vertical axis is frequency density, not frequency.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. The class 20 to 40 has frequency density 1.5. The part from 30 to 40 is 10 wide.
- Find the frequency density. 30 ÷ 20.1.5
- Multiply by the width wanted. 1.5 × 10 = 15
Check. Half of the class frequency (30) is 15. ✓
Watch out. Use only the width of the part.
Key words. A histogram has bars of different widths. The height is the frequency density = frequency ÷ class width, so the area of a bar is the frequency.
Method. Estimate the median by finding which class holds the middle value, then assuming the values are spread evenly across that class.
- Work out the frequencies and the total. Frequency = frequency density × class width for each bar.Frequencies: 8, 14, 30, 16, 12; total n = 80
- Find the position of the median. It is half way through the data.80 ÷ 2 = 40
- Use a running total to find the median class. The running total first reaches 40 in the class 20 < x ≤ 40 min.
Class Frequency Running total 0 < x ≤ 10 min 8 8 10 < x ≤ 20 min 14 22 20 < x ≤ 40 min 30 52 40 < x ≤ 50 min 16 68 50 < x ≤ 70 min 12 80 - Find how far into the class we need to go. Before this class there are 22 values, so we need 18 more from this class of 30.18 ÷ 30 = 0.6 of the class
- Find the estimate of the median. Start at the lower end and move that fraction of the class width.20 + 0.6 × 20 = 32 min
Check. The estimate lies inside the median class. ✓
Watch out. This is an estimate: it assumes the values are spread evenly within the class.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. Quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the median of the lower half, Q3 is the median of the upper half, and IQR = Q3 − Q1.
- Write the values in order. Quartiles are found from ordered data.12, 14, 15, 17, 18, 20, 22, 60
- Find the median (Q2). The median splits the data into a lower half and an upper half.n = 8, median = 17.5 (halfway between the two middle values)
- Split into two equal halves. With an even number of values, the lower half is the first half of the list.Lower half: 12, 14, 15, 17
Upper half: 18, 20, 22, 60 - Q1 is the median of the lower half. It is the value a quarter of the way through the data.Q1 = 14.5
- Q3 is the median of the upper half. It is the value three quarters of the way through the data.Q3 = 21
- Subtract to find the interquartile range. IQR = Q3 − Q1: the spread of the middle half of the data.21 − 14.5 = 6.5
Check. Half of the 8 values lie between Q1 and Q3. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to put the data in order first, and leave out the median when you split an odd number of values.
Key words. The quartiles split ordered data into four equal parts. Q1 is the lower quartile, Q2 is the median and Q3 is the upper quartile. The interquartile range (IQR) is Q3 minus Q1: the spread of the middle half.
Method. An outlier is a value that is far from the rest. One rule says a value is an outlier if it is more than 1.5 × IQR below Q1 or above Q3.
- Work out the IQR. IQR = Q3 − Q1.21 − 14.5 = 6.5
- Work out 1.5 × IQR. This is the allowed distance from the quartiles.1.5 × 6.5 = 9.75
- Work out the lower limit. Take it away from Q1.14.5 − 9.75 = 4.75
- Work out the upper limit. Add it to Q3.21 + 9.75 = 30.75
- Compare each value with the limits. A value below the lower limit or above the upper limit is an outlier.Outliers: 60
Check. Every other value lies between 4.75 and 30.75. ✓
Watch out. The limits are measured from Q1 and Q3, not from the median.